Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Opening of Bids - Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase I Proj No. 117-093A - Northern Indiana Construction Co., Inc.
� . "Ilk „ :' CITY OF SOUTH BEND, INDIANA"` CONTRACTOR'S BID FOR PUBLIC WORK CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS Project Name Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project No. 117-093A For Bids Due June 9, 2020 From time to time the South Bend Board of Public Works finds it necessary to reject a bid because it does not comply with statutory requirements. In preparing your bid, please use the following checklist in order to make sure that your bid is done in the proper manner. Proper bid security included. The bidder has the option of providing either a Certified Check X or Bid Bond. Bid prepared on the City of South Bend Contractor's Bid for Public Work Form, completely X executed. Contractor's Non -Collusion and Non -Debarment Affidavit, Certification Regarding Investments with Iran, Employment Eligibility Verification, Non -Discrimination Commitment, and X Certification of use of United States Steel Products or Foundry Products. Proof of MBENNBE Participation Goal Form [MWBE-1.0]. If minimum participation goal is not met, also provide Evidence of Good Faith Efforts Form [MWBE-2.0] and MBE/WBE Contacted X Form [MWBE-2.1]. X Acknowledge Receipt of 3 Addendum(s) included with the bid. X All required additional information is included with the bid. Proposal statements and other affidavits all signed by the proper party with name either X printed or typed underneath signature. X This checklist submitted with the Bid. This checklist is provided for bidder's use in assuring compliance with required documentation; however, it does not include all specifications requirements and does not relieve the bidder of the need to read and comply with the specifications. Bidder: Northernm M,P t n , 0 tr ction Company Inc., Date: June 91 2020w By Authorized Rep Signature: Print Name & Title: Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 1 �e CITY OF SOUTH BEND, INDIANA CONTRACTOR'S BID FOR PUBLIC WORK d, Project Name Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 - _,.------------------------------------- .�.--------------------------------- ...... ........ .. _... Project No. 117-093A For Bids Due June 9, 2020 u PART I .. -___ .. .___....__ ... (Must be completed for all bids. Please type or print) Date: June 9, 2020 Bidder (Firm): Northern Indiana Construction Compaq Inc. w Address: P. O. Box 1333 City/State/Zip: Mishawaka IN 46546wwwww Telephone Number: 574 256-1811 Agent of Bidder (if Applicable): Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers to furnish labor and/or material necessary to complete the public works project of: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 the City of South Bend, Indiana, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by; Smitharo and dated December 19, 2019 for the sum of (enter the Total Bid as shown on the Proposal) Four Million Nine Hundred Seventy. -Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty -Five Dollars and Ei !Lty-Two Cents ($ 4,977,155.82 (Enter sum of Total Base Bid plus Alternates shown on Proposal) (Numerical) The undersigned further agrees to furnish a bond or certified check with this bid for an amount specified in the notice of the letting. If alternative bids apply, the undersigned submits a proposal for each in accordance with the notice. Any addendums attached will be specifically referenced at the applicable page. If additional units of material included in the contract are needed, the cost of units must be the same as that shown in the original contract if accepted by the City of South Bend. If the id is to bed rded on a unit basis, the itemization of the units shall be sho n separ achm nt, (Signature) The above bid is accepted this Subject to the following conditions: BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Gary A. Gilot, President Elizabeth A. Maradik, Member Laura L. O'Sullivan, Member ACCEPTANCE day of Person Signing) Genevieve E. Miller, Member Therese J. Dorau, Member Attest: Linda M. Martin, Clerk Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 2 20 PART II (For projects of $100,000 or more - IC 36-1-12-4) These statements to be submitted under oath by each bidder with and as part of his/her/its bid. Attach additional pages for each section as needed. SECTION I EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE 1. Attach information regarding projects your organization has completed for the period of one (1) year prior to the date of the current bid. See Attached. 2. Attach a listing of public works projects currently in process of construction by your organization. 3. Attach information regarding any failure to complete any work awarded to you and the location thereof. 4. Attach references from private firms for which you have performed work. SECTION II PLAN AND EQUIPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE 1. Attach an explanation of your plan or layout for performing proposed work. (Examples could include a narrative of when you could begin work, complete the project, number of workers, etc. and any other information which you believe would enable the City of South Bend to consider your bid.) See Attached. 2. Attach a listing of the names and addresses of all subcontractors (i.e. persons or firms outside your own firm who have performed part of the work) that you have used on public works projects during the past five (5) years along with a brief description of the work done by each subcontractor. 3. If you intend to sublet any portion of the work, attach the name and address of each subcontractor, equipment to be used by the subcontractor, and whether you will require a bond. However, if you are unable to currently provide a listing, please understand a listing must be provided prior to contract approval. Until the completion of the proposed project, you are under a continuing obligation to immediately notify the City of South Bend in the event that you subsequently determine that you will use a subcontractor on the proposed project. 4. Attach a listing of equipment you have available to use for the proposed project. 5. Have you entered into contracts or received offers for all materials which substantiate the prices used in preparing your proposal? If not, attach an explanation for the rationale used which would corroborate the prices listed. SECTION III CONTRACTOR'S FINANCIAL STATEMENT Attachment of bidder's financial statement is mandatory. Any bid submitted without said financial statement as required by statute shall thereby be rendered invalid. The financial statement provided hereunder to the City of South Bend awarding the contract must be specific enough in detail so that said City of South Bend can make a proper determination of the bidder's capability for completing the project if awarded. See Attached. Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 3 PART II (For projects of $150,000 or more — IC 36-1-12-4) Governmental Unit: Board of Public Works, City of South Bend, Indiana Bidder (Firm) Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. ................... _ Date (month, day, year): June 9, 2020 These statements to be submitted under oath by each bidder with and as a part of his bid. Attach additional pages for each section as needed. SECTION I EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE 1. What public works projects has your organization completed for the period of one (1) year prior to the date of the current bid? .�.�.� __... ..... Completion p ion"-' _ Contract Amount _ Class of Work _ Date Name and Address of Owner 557,606.86 Bridge Replacement January, 2015 INDOT - B-34332-A, LaPorte District —. � 282,863.50 . Bridge Replacement e. May,2017 ..2017 .....,— Starke Count cement . . Y.. Bridge No, 78 Replacement 270 531 20 Bridge Replacement _. August, 2017.... ...... Starke County Bridge No50 Replacement 414,314.45u.._.-Bridge ... Replacement —M...ay, , 2017.. ........ .. Fulton county Bridge dge No. 50� Replacement 2. What public works projects are now in process of construction by your organization? ..._.. Expected Contract Amount Class of Work Completion Name and Address of Owner ................. _— ...........��.. —� Date 813,360.05 Park Improvements _._............. _ , ,...... _ City of South Bend, Indiana Leeper Park ...... --...— ..µ...... _ _.,,... _. 3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? ....I No If so, where and why? 4. List references from private firms for which you have performed work. Niblock Excavating, Inc., P. O. Box 211, Bristol, Indiana 46507 C & E Excavating, Inc., 53767 CR 9, Elkhart, Indiana 46514 Ritschard Brothers, Inc., 1204 W. Sample Street, South Bend, Indiana 46619 John Boettcher Sewer & Excavating Contractor, 3305 N. Home Street, Mishawaka, Indiana 46545 SECTION II PLAN AND EQUIPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE Explain your plan or layout for performing proposed work. (Examples could include a narrative of when you could begin work, complete the project, number of workers, etc. and any other information which you believe would enable the governmental unit to consider your bid.) Work will be performed within the allotted time with N.I.C. employees & equipment per plans and specifications N.I.C. will start within ten (mr .). days y_theyy v._ 10 o receipt o notice to c proceed and complete project after ninety (90) days. 2. Please list the names and addresses of all subcontractors (i.e. persons or firms outside your own firm who have performed part of the work) that you have used on public works projects during the past five (5) years along with a brief description of the work done by each subcontractor. List available upon request. 3. If you intend to sublet any portion of the work, state the name and address of each subcontractor, equipment to be used by the subcontractor, and whether you will require a bond. However, if you are unable to currently provide a listing, please understand a listing must be provided prior to contract approval. Until the completion of the proposed project, you are under a continuing obligation to immediately notify thegovernmental unit in the event that you subsequently determine that you will use a subcontractor on the proposed project. List will be provided on request. 4. What equipment do you have available to use for the proposed project? Any equipment to be used by subcontractors may also be required to be listed by the governmental unit. Excavator, Dozer Compactor, Crane, Vibro, Loader, Pile Driving Equipment and other ........ Miscellaneous Equipment. Equipment owned and operated by N.I.C, _a.....scellaneo.....-..-...._..a..u.........--.........__ Have you entered into contracts or received offers for all materials which substantiate the prices used in preparing your proposal? If not, please explain the rationale used which would corroborate the prices listed. Quotes received from suppliers, no contracts at time of bid, SECTION III CONTRACTOR'S FINANCIAL STATEMENT Attachment of bidder's financial statement is mandatory. Any bid submitted without said financial statement as reqOred by statute shall thereby be rendered invalid, The financial statement provided hereunder to the governing body awarding the contract must be specific enough in detail so that said governing body can make a proper deterniination of the bidder's capability for completing the project if awarded, When the prospective Contractor is unable to certify to any of the statements below, it shall attach an explanation to this Affidavit. CONTRACTOR'S NON -COLLUSION AND NON -DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT, CERTIFICATION REGARDING INVESTMENT WITH IRAN, EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION, NON- DISCRIMINATION COMMITMENT AND CERTIFICATION OF USE OF UNITED STATES STEEL PRODUCTS OR FOUNDRY PRODUCTS (Must be completed for all quotes and bids. Please type or print) STATE OF Indiana _.__ ) ) SS: St., Joseph „_,,,,,,,,,,Q COUNTY ) The undersigned Contractor, being duly sworn upon his/C X/J(s oath, affirms under the penalties of perjury that: 1. Contractor has not, nor has any other member, representative, or agent of the firm, company, corporation or partnership represented by him, entered into any combination, collusion or agreement with any person relative to the price to be bid by anyone at such letting nor to prevent any person from bidding nor to induce anyone to refrain from bidding, and that this bid is made without reference to any other bid and without any agreement, understanding or combination with any other person in reference to such bidding. Contractor further says that no person or persons, firms, or corporation has, have or will receive directly or indirectly, any rebate, fee, gift, commission or thing of value on account of such sale; and 2. Contractor certifies by submission of this proposal that neither contractor nor any of its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency; and 3. Contractor has not, nor has any successor to, nor an affiliate of, Contractor, engaged in investment activities in Iran. a. For purposes of this Certification, "Iran" means the government of Iran and any agency or instrumentality of Iran, or as otherwise defined at Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-5, as amended from time -to -time. b. As provided by Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-8, as amended from time -to -time, a Contractor is engaged in investment activities in Iran if either: Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, provides goods or services of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in value in the energy sector of Iran; or Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, is a financial institution that extends twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in credit to another person for forty-five (45) days or more, if that person will (i) use the credit to provides goods and services in the energy sector in Iran; and (ii) at the time the financial institution extends credit, is a person identified on list published by the Indiana Department of Administration. Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 4 4. Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the Contractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien. Contractor agrees that he/she/it shall enroll in and verify the work eligibility status of all of Contractor's newly hired employees through the E-Verify Program as defined by I.C. 22-5-1.7-3. Contractor's documentation of enrollment and participation in the E-Verify Program is included and attached as part of this bid/quote; and 5. Contractor shall require his/IXKfYs subcontractors performing work under this public contract to certify that the subcontractors do not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the subcontractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien, and that the subcontractor has enrolled in and is participating in the E-Verify Program. The Contractor agrees to maintain this certification throughout the term of the contract with the City of South Bend, and understands that the City may terminate the contract for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision no later than thirty (30) days after being notified by the City. 6. Persons, partnerships, corporations, associations, or joint venturers awarded a contract by the City of South Bend through its agencies, boards, or commissions shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of a City contract with respect to hire, tenure, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment because of race, sex, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, age, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation or disability that does not affect that person's ability to perform the work. In awarding contracts for the purchase of work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing including, but not limited to, public works contracts awarded under public bidding laws or other contracts in which public bids are not required by law, the City, its agencies, boards, or commissions may consider the Contractor's good faith efforts to obtain participation by those Contractors certified by the State of Indiana as a Minority Business ("MBE") or as a Women's Business Enterprise ("WBE") as a factor in determining the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. In no event shall persons or entities seeking the award of a City contract be required to award a subcontract to an MBE/WBE; however, it may not unlawfully discriminate against said WBE/MBE. A finding of a discriminatory practice by the City's MBE/WBE Utilization Board shall prohibit that person or entity from being awarded a City contract for a period of one (1) year from the date of such determination, and such determination may also be grounds for terminating the contact for which the discriminatory practice or noncompliance pertains. 7. The undersigned contractor agrees that the following nondiscrimination commitment shall be made a part of any contract which it may henceforth enter into with the City of South Bend, Indiana or any of its agencies, boards or commissions. Contractor agrees not to discriminate against or intimidate any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of this contract with privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of race, religion, color, sex, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation, handicap, national origin or ancestry. Breach of this provision may be regarded as material breach of contract. I, the undersigned bidder or agent as contractor on a public works project, understand my statutory obligations to the use of steel products or foundry products made in the United States (I.C. 5-16-8-1). I hereby certify that I and all subcontractors employed by me for this project will use steel products or foundry products made in the United States on this project if awarded. I understand I have an affirmative duty to notify the City in my bid that my proposal does not include the use of steel products or foundry products rnade in the United States. I understand it is my sole obligation and responsibility to provide a justification to the City, subject to review and approval, why the cost of United States made steel or foundry products is unreasonable. Prior to award and upon submission of bid which does not use steel products or foundry products made in the United States, the City, through its director of public works, shall make a determination if the price of United States made steel or foundry is unreasonable. I understand that violations hereunder Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 5 may result in forfeiture ofcontractual payments. *** | hereby affirm under the penalties of perjurythat the facts and information contained inthe foregoing bid for public works are true and correct. Datedthix_�L___duyof1�e2020 Northern Indiana [o sbuob Com 17 Signature of C ic or/Bidder or Its Agent David JA,Kalorski President Printed Name and Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this 9th ch 01*1'ure My Commission Expires _Ap�1,J6,20q5 Notary Public Danisi,71O.--. Marable County of Residence t, 'I Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works '6 OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY One Park Circle, P O Box 5001, Westfield Center, Ohio 44251-5001 "WII KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we NORTHERN INDIANA CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, Westfield Center, Ohio 44251, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF SOUTH BEND IINDIANA Con -Gily Building Room 1316 227 West Jefferson S ree South Bend IN 46601 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of FIVE PERCENT OF TOTAL AMOUNT BID Dollars ($ ------�5%------ - ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for - - - NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 9th day of JUNE 2020 NORTHF.RWNDIANA CO STRU TION 001 INC. David J. Wlors q esident (Title) (SU t) , Sea!) Sn. Annette Mullet, ttorney in Fa -- (Title) Printed in cooperation with the American Institute of Architects (AIA) by the Ohio Farmers Insurance Company document conforms exactly to the language used in AIA Document A310, February 1970 edition. 1 The language in this BD5084 OF (11/97) General POWER NO. 1303532 04 Power Westfield Insurance Co. of Attorney Westfield National Insurance Co. CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to Individually as a t:omprny" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office In Weslfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint S. ANNETTE MULLET of WESTFIELD and State of IN its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE U9MV EE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as If such bonds were signed by the President, waled with the cor°,porate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby raltfytng and confirming all that the said Atlorney(s)-in-Facl may do In the premises Said appointment is made under and Inauthortly of than followin resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATI NAM. INS RANCE COMPA Y and 01-110 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY; "Be It Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authortly to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorneys) -in -Fact to represent and act for am on beiaalf of the Company subject, to the following provisions• The Attorney -In -Fact may be given full power and authority for and In the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute„ acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, iecognlzances, contracts, agreements of lindemnity� and other conditional or obligatory underlakings and any and all notices and documents cancOing or terminating the Company's liability tiaereunder, and any such lnsfrumenls so executed lay any such Attorne•In«Fact shalt be as binding upon the Company as If signed by the President and seated and attested by the Corporate Sec relary,'° ""Be 1 h"urther Resolved, that the signature of any such desl"gnat , person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter afflx "d to any power of attorneyy or any certificate relating thereto by facslmile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seaN shall be undid and' binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is altached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 02nd day of JANURY A.D., 2020 . r~"",waarrya,a, a ra av , a raaar,rr Corporate" +arr Seals � A!l r",,% 0j�1t"arraI /tr °''° " WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY gyp; . �*; r, ••M, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Affixed OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY a, + #d" "� ter. �r . � �l �,1�N►1�TEdp�.e � a "dal �r SEAL omLao-. `• Rn" ".� 1848 State of Ohio ,raaaaaaw""aa """ a,ranro*na• By: County of Medina ss.: Gary W. Natlona Surety Leader and Senior xecutive On this 02nd day of JANUARY A.D., 2020 , before me personally came Gary W. Stumper to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides In Hartford, CT; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described In and which executed the above. Instrument; that he knows the seals of .said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order, Notarial '"Haw Seal t A L " Affixed State of Ohio rtti V o David A. Kotnik, Attorney at Law, Notary Public IOW County of Medina ss.: v., � � My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) 7C CxV L Frank A, Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, d'o hereby certify that the above and foregoing Is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which Is still In full force and etfect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors set out in the. Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this 9th day of JUNE A,D., 2020 .a� ' nawvnY "aaaww " a PEAL SEAL P rrr "• ran. " r" "r nnrr,aaa „p .N,WMX aagNy,�,r Sacrwtary Frank A. Carrino, Secretary *rr» .raarilr, axa a BPOAC2 (combined) (06-02) 1316COUNTY-C; rY lBIJI.I AN(J, u:,r..oOX; 574l 35...951 227 W JEFFERSON BOULEVARD FAX 574/ 235.9T7V 5°o(rrk9Bi., ),nNlXXNA.46601.1830 N 1D D 574/235-5567 CITY OF SOUTH BEND PETE BUTTIGIEG, MAYOR BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Date: My 22, 2020 To: All Planholders From Linda M. Martin, Clerk, Board of Public Works Subject Addendum Number: 1 _....._.- _.._... Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1__ .......... Project Number: 117-093A ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM Date Received: _MAy 222 2020„� This addendum is being forwarded to you for the above referenced project. Please sign below and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by faxing this sheet to the Board of Public Works at (574) 235-9171 within 48 hours of receipt. A copy MIJST also be included with your bid package upon submittal. THIS ADDENDUM MAY AFFECT YOUR BID. Notes: The attached documents are hereby added to the Specifications and Contract Documents and become a part of herein. Company: SIrtl l (irou Inc.. Authorized Signature: J Date: Mai 22, 2020 Version 4/2/2015 = Northern Indiana '��� 1siructia;n Company, Inc. David J. Walorskim w esident 1316 COUNTY -CITY BUILDING 227 W. JEFFERSON BOULEVARD SOUTH BEND, INDIANA 46601-1830 Date: June 1, 2020 r � 111G� PHONE 574/235-9251 FAX 574/ 235-9171 TDD 574/ 235-5567 CITY OF SOUTH BEND PETE BUTTIGIEG, MAYOR BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS To: All Planholders From .....Linda...M......... Martin Clerk, �....._..�...........�_�..........�._..._�..........�..................................�.�....... �_ m,,,�. Board of Public Works Subject Addendum Number: 2 Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 _.._._..m Project Number: 117-093A ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM Date Received: , une ]...2c 20 This addendum is being forwarded to you for the above referenced project. Please sign below and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by faxing this sheet to the Board of Public Works at (574) 235-9171 within 48 hours of receipt. A copy MUST also be included with your bid package upon submittal. THIS ADDENDUM MAY AFFECT YOUR BID. Notes: The attached documents are hereby added to the Specifications and Contract Documents and become a part of herein. Company: SmithGroup, Inc... -- Authorized Signature: Date: June 1, 2020 Version 4/2/2015 Northern Indiana David J. WaJOVSKi, ction Company, Inc. ident G WQM 1316 CouN'rY-Crry BUILDING 227 W. JEFFERSON BOULEVARD SourH BEND, INDIANA46601-1830 PHONE 574/235-9251 FAX 574/235-9171 TDD 574/ 235-5567 CITY OF SOUTH BEND PETE BUTTIGIEG, MAYOR 130ARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Date: June :3, 2020 To: All Planholders From Linda M...........................................� _ �......��...... �........... _ m.�..�...�...-,a Martin, Clerk, Board of Public Works Subject Addendum Number: 3 Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project Number: 117-093A ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM Date Received: June 3 0�20 .......... . .... This addendum is being forwarded to you for the above referenced project. Please sign below and acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by faxing this sheet to the Board of Public Works at (574) 235-9171 within 48 hours of receipt. A copy MUST also be included with your bid package upon submittal. THIS ADDENDUM MAY AFFECT YOUR BID. Notes: The attached documents are hereby added to the Specifications and Contract Documents and become a part of herein. Company: SmithG,rou.P�,..,ln.c............... ---- — .�.__...................................................... Authorized Signature. Date: June 3. 2020 Northern Indiana Co Iclion Company, Inc. Version 4%2%2015 David J. Waioi ' � sir#cn& BID/PROPOSAL iptj ,,ra CITY OF SOUTH BENDq Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project Number: 117-093A For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 ... Northern Indiana Construction�m...... �.w.�_��_............................................�_ ���.�........_�����... Contractor Name: Company Inc .ITITITIT_.............................___......... DIVISION A - BASE BID Item No. Description Quantitym Unit ----- — -------- Unit Price . . Total Amount .. . _........................................................ A-1 Remediation Allowance_ 1 LSUM $10 000 00 $10,000.00 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LSUM 10,165.70 10,165.70 A-3 Permit Compliance Administration 1 LSUM 25,000.00 25,000.00 A-4 Mobilization and Demobilization 1 LSUM 120,000.00 120,000.00 A-5 Construction Engineering 1 LSUM 80,000.00 80,000.00 A-6 Video Record 1 LSUM 2,000.00 2,000.00 Temporary Erosion and Sediment 1 LSUM A-7 Control 24,152.07 24,152.07 A-8 Temporary Drop Inlet Protection 1 EACH 340.00 . ...... ®. ... _.._ 340.00 ..... A-g Construction Access Drive 1 EACH 5,820.00 5,820.00 A-10 ................._.................... _ .................. Clearin Ri ht of Way 1 LSUM 163,554.00 163,554.00 A-11 Sidewalk, Concrete, Removal 609 ............. _ ........_ SYS ............. 25.00 _. ...__.. 15,225.00 ............. A-12 Wall, Concrete, Removal 150 LFT 450.00 67,500.00 A-13 Wall, Concrete, Partial Removal 225 LFT - .............................._ 75.00 ....... ..... 16,875.00 A-14 Gabions, Remove and Salva a 190 CYS 55.00 10,450.00 A-15 ..... hti L N_Structure, Removal _ 4 EACH 400.00 1,600.00 A-16 Excavation, Common 2172 CYS 60„00 130,320.00 A-17 Borrow, B 1968 CYS 55.00 108,240.00 A-18 Structural Backfill, Type 4 315 CYS 150.00 47,250.00 A-19 Geofoam Lightweight Fill 750 CYS 140.00 105,000.00 A-20 I Pipe, Type 4, 6 in 325 LFT 9.65 3,136.25 A-21 Aggregates for Underdrains 12 CYS 300.00 3,600.00 A-22 Pneumatically Placed Mortar 85 SFT 55.00 4,675.00 A-23 Salvaged Gabion Material, Install 1 298 CYS 1 60.00 17,880.00 A-24 Concrete, C, Superstructure 289 CYS 850.00 245,650.00 T A-25 ........... Concrete, B, Footings . ....... ........... ......... 556 CYS 700.00 389,200.00 A-26 Concrete, A, Planter Wall 12 CYS 1,300.00 15,600.00 Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, 330 SYS 150.00 49,500.00 Finish "A" A 27 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 7 BID/PROPOSALS rrr fir, CITY OF SOUTH BEND 0� ►,, Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project ... Number: 117-093A . ................ : For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 w 180 Contractor Name: Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. .... Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, _.._. ........... A-28 Finish "B" 279 SYS 135.00 - 37,665.00 ........................ A-29 Sheet Pile NZ14 ..__ ...... 42 TON 2,100.00 8 200 00 A-30 Threaded Tie Rod 5 EACH 2,000.00 10,000.00 A-31 Wales - Double C 130 LFT . ..... 125.00 .......... 16 250.00 A-32 Sheet Pile Concrete Cap 65 LFT 555.00 36,075.00 A-33 Subgrade Treatment, Type III 420 SYS 5.75 2,415.00 A-34 Compacted Aggregate, No. 53 90 TON 90.00 8,100.00 mmITITm A-35 Sidewalk,. 6-in 116 SYS 86.00 9,976 00 A-36 Straight Curb 84 1 LFT 46.00 3,864.00 A-37 Concrete Walk False Joints 366 1 LFT 13.50 4,941.00 A-38 Sidewalk6-in, Integral Color, Finish "A" 137 SYS 175.00 23,975.00, A-39 Sidewalk, 6-in, Integral Color, Finish "B" ._.._ 24 SYS _ 225.00 _ ........... 5,400M A-40 Expansion Joint, Concrete Walk 301 LFT 15.50 4,665.50 A-41 Sidewalk Joint Transitions 154 LFT 23.00 3,542.00 A-42 Unit Paver 66 SYS 175.00 11,550.00 A-43 Litter Receptacle 1 EACH 1,620.00 1,620.00 A-44 Rec clin Receptacle 1 EACH 1,620.00 1,620.00 A-45 Bench 6 EACH 1,500.00 9,000.00 A-46 Tree Grate 1 EACH 2,450.00 2,450.00 Type5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, 42 40 LFT A-47 in 350.00 14,00 0.00 Type 5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, 48 188 LFT 370.00 mmmmITITITITITmm 69,560 00 A-48 inch ........ ._ Type 5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, _....__..... 168 LFT A-49 Custom Curved, 48 inch 386.00 64,848.00 A-50 Handrail 20 LFT 195.00 3,900.00 A-51 ._. .... Lighting, , Pole, 10 ft ..... .. ........ 6 EACH 3,360.00 20,160.00 A-52 Foundation, _gg hting_ 6 EACH 800.00 4,800.00 A-53 Luminaire, T e L1 6 EACH 3,350.00 20,100.00 A-54 Luminaire, T e L13 7 EACH 1,154.00 8,078.00 A-55 Handhole, Lightingm ..___.. 2 EACH 650.00 ....... ..... 1,300.00 A-56 Schedule 80 HDPE, 1.5 inch 200 LFT 6.20 -_- 1,240.00 A-57 Schedule 80 HDPE, 2 inch 370 LFT 6.60 2,442.00 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 8 BID/PROPOSAL ws-J, J,,�� CITY OF SOUTH BEND Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1ILI .......... __.ITUT Project Number: 117-093A _.... e For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 " Contractor Name: n Com a� y. Inc IT �o Northern Indiana Constructi A-58 Service Point 1 EFCH 8,500.00 8,500.00 A-59 .._._._..._ Wire, 3#8, No 10 AWG, Solid Copper 370 L 2.80 ITITIT���mm-2 1,036.00 Wire, 2#12 No 12AWG Solid Co er 200 LFT ............. 00 —...m._ Mobilization and Demobilization for FEACH 400.00 A-61 Seeding2 800.00 A-62 Topsoil 4 CYS 147.00 588.00 A-63 Sodding, Nursery 33 SYS 72.55 2,394.15 A-64 Excelsoir Blanket 470 SYS 4.86 2,284.20 A-65 .............................._ Shredded Hardwood Mulch . 27 CYS 95.00 2,565.00 ....... ............. A-66 Deciduous Tree, 2.5 inch caliper_ __..- 9 EACH 575,00 5,175.00 A-67 _. Coniferous Shrubs, No. 3 Cont 73 EACH 54.00 3,942.00 A_-68 _A-69.........Pe.fe.n.n.la.1.S.'...No......1...Cont.................... Shrubs, No. 3 Cont. 284 EACH -......................................1.7.00 54.00 15,336.00 336 EACH 5,712.00.. A-70 Ornamental Grasses, No. 1 Cont. 116 EACH 17.00 1,972.00 A-71 Groundcover, No. 1 Cont. 40 EACH 17.00 680.00 A-72 Planting Mixture _n 160 ..................................................._ CYS _ ...... 135.00 21,600.00 A-73 Metal Edging 170 LFT 11.35 1,929.50 A-74 Irrigation System 9 Y 1 LSUM 27,500.00 27,500.00 DVISION A TOTAL 2,266,923.37 DIVISION B - BASE BID Item No. ....... ......-..-...-.._._ Description Quantity Unit Unit Price Total Amount B-1 Remediation Allowance 1 LSUM $5,000.00 $5,000.00 B-2 Permit Compliance Administration 1 LSUM 4,485.00 4,485.00 B-3 Mobilization and Demobilization 1 LSUM 38,375.00 38,375.00 B-4 Construction En ineenn onstr .___-- 1 LSUM. 1 0 0,150.0 10,15 0.00 B-5 Video Record 1 LSUM 500.00 500.00 Temporary Erosion and Sediment 1 LSUM B-6 Control 2,500.00 2 500.00 B-7 Clearing, Right of Way 1 LSUM 19,470.00 19,470 00 B-8 Sidewalk, Concrete, Removal 58 SYS 25.00 1,450.00 B 9__- Gabions, Remove and Salvage 108 CYS 75.00 8,100.00 B-10 Excavation, Common 265 CYS 60.00 15,900.00 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 9 BID/PROPOSALvi rr� CITY OF SOUTH BEND Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1'`h Project Number: 117-093Ale ' For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 480 Contractor Name: Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc ..........................................................................................................................................................� B-11 Geofoam Lightweight Fill 493..._._ CYS 145.00 71,485.00 B-12 Pipe, Type 4, 6 in 14 LFT 9.50 133.00 B-13 Aggregates for Underdrains 1 CYS 300.00 300.00 B-14 Manhole, Saddle Structure 1 EACH 14,360.00 14,360.00 B-15 Casting, Type 4, Adjust to Grade ..�....................___ 1 EACH ......... ........ 500.00 ....... ......... ..... 500.00 B-16Water Service, North Riverwalk 1 EACH 7,364.08 7,364.08 B-17J Gabions, Metallic Coated 199 CYS 425.00 84,575.00 B-18 Pneumatically Placed Mortar 1320 SFT 65.00 85,800.00 B-19 Pile, Steel Pipe, 0.5 inch, 12.75 inch 400 LFT 60.15 ._.._. 241060.00 ......._._.M.........._....................... B-20 _....__. Dynamic Pile Load Test, 12.75 inch __._.... ..-__---- 2 EACH 5,000.00 10,000.00 B-21 Structural Steel, Galvanized 21,336 LBS 3.60 76,809 60 B-22 Composite Concrete Slab ................ 43 ...................... CYS 1,625.00 69,875.00 Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, 93 SYS 15,810.00 B-23 Finish "A" 170.00 ___... _ Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, B-24 Finish "B" -------------------------------------------- 151 SYS 140.00 21,140.00 B-25 Concrete Walk False Joints .. .............. 137 LFT 17.00 2,329.00 B-26 Expansion Joint, Concrete Walk 20 LFT 18.50 370.00 ._. ... Type 5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, 48 M ............__....... 71 LFT B-27 inch 370.00 26,270.00 Type 5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, 40 LFT 385.00 15,400.00 B-28 Custom Curved, 48 inch B-29 Lichtinc Pole, 10 ft 2 EACH 3,360.00 6,720.00 B-30 Foundation, Lighting 2 EACH 800.00 1,600.00 B-31 Luminaire,Type L1 2 EACH 3,350.00 6,700.00 B-32 Handhole, Lighting 1 EACH 650.00 650.00 B-33 Schedule 80 HDPE, 2 inch 130 LFT 6.60 858.00 B-34 CresentLights Adjustments 1 LSUM 1,000.00 1.000.00 B-35 I Wire, 3#8, No 10 AWG, Solid Copper 130 LFT 2.80 364.00 B-36 Excelsoir Blanket 108 SYS 8.64 933.12 B-37 Shredded Hardwood Mulch 6 CYS 145.00 870.00 B-38 ... ......... Deciduous Tree 2.5 inch caliper 1 EACH 850.00 _ 850.00 . B-39 Coniferous Shrubs, No. 3 Cont 26 EACH 60.00 1,560.00 g-40 Shrubs, No. 3 Cont. 77 EACH 60.00 4.620.00 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 10 BID/PROPOSAL,,�� CITY OF SOUTH BEND` Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project Number: 117-093A .............. ........... ........ For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 ISO o on ruc ons Indiana n Northern or NthIdiCttimpany Inc. Contractor Name: __ ........... ......... ............ B41 1 Cont. 46 EACH 30.00 1,380.00 Perennials, No. �^^^ITIT-mmIT mm B-42 Planting Mixture 36 CYS 155.00 5,580.00 B-43 Irrigation System 1 LSUM 33,430.00 33,430.00 DIVISION B TOTAL 699,625.80 DIVISION C — BASE BID Item No. Description e__.. Quantity Unit Unit Price Total Amount C-1 Remediation Allowance _.. . 1 LSUM $10,000.00 ........ $10,000.00 _..... C-2 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LSUM 15 55.00 15,355.00 C-3 . . ......_.. Permit Compliance Administration ... 1 LSUM 17,715.00 17,715.00 C-4 Mobilization and Demobilization ... _ _ 1 LSUM 83,110.00 83,110.00 C-5 Barge and Barge Access 1 LSUM 130,000.00 .................... ..... 130.000.00 C-6 Construction Engineering 1 LSUM 30,940.00 30,940.00 C-7 Video Record ...._ , _.... .. ....n_ 1 LSUM 2,500.00 2,500.00 C-8.... ......_... TemporaryErosion and Sediment Control � .M... 22,775.00 2. _.. 2,77500 C-9 Temporary Drop Inlet Protection 2 EACH 345.00 690.00 C-10 Construction Access Drive _._..... .__........... .... 1 EACH 5,000.00 C-11 Temporary Tree Protection Fencing 176 LFT 10.00 __.._ 1,760.00 C-12 Clearin , Right of Way 1 LSUM 148,135.00 148,135.00 C-13 Sidewalk, Concrete, Removal 153 SYS 35.00 5,355.00 C-14_ Milling, Asphalt 1.5 Inch 820 SYS 12.00 9,840.00 ...... C-15 Wall, Concrete, Removal m.......... 90 LFT_ 250.00 22,500.00 C-16 Gabions,SelectRemoval�� 246 CYS 95.00 23,370.00 C-17 Boardwalk Removal 426 SYS 195.00 __ ...... 83,070.00 C-18 Lighting Structure, Removal 5 EACH 400.00 2,000.00 C-19 Brick Paver, Removal/Salvage 33 ........... SYS 95.00 3,135.00 C-20 Excavation, Common 131 CYS 90.00 11,790.00 C-21 Pipe, Type 4, 6 in ... �........... 52 _ � ._u. LFT 9.65 501. 0 C-22 Aggregates for Underdrains 2 CYS _....... 390.00 780.00 C-23 ........... Water Service, South Riverwalk _ ... 1 EACH ....... 10,050.00 10,050.00 C-24 Riprap, Class 2 260 TON 95.65 24,869.00 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 11 BID/PROPOSAL,,°,,� 6 CITY OF SOUTH BEND"°°a. Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1; Project Number: 117-093A For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 ... .................. _ ContractorName: Northern Indiana Constructio n Company Inc. C-25 Pile, Steel Pipe, 0.5 inch, 12.75 inch 1461 LFT 70.00 102,270.00 C-26 Dynamic Pile Load Test, 12.75 inch 6 EACH 5,000.00 30,000.00 C-27 Structural Steel, Galvanized 39,332 LBS 4.75 186,827.O0 C-28 Concrete, C, Superstructure p 1 CYS 5,800.00 5,800.0 0 C-29 Concrete, B, Footings 26 CYS 1,000.00 26,000.00 C-30 Concrete, A, Planter Wall 12 CYS 1,300.00 15,600.00 C-31 Composite Concrete Slab 97 CYS 2,250.00 2^1^8,250.00 Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, 232 SYS C-32 Finish "A„ 150.00 34,800.00 Concrete Topping Slab, Integral Color, 350 SYS C-33 Finish "B„ 140.00 49,000.00 C-34 Floating Marina Dock System 1 LSUM �127,774.00 127,774.00 C-35 Metal Platform & Stairs 1 LSUM 105,000.00 105,000.00 C-36 Subgrade Treatment, Type III 390 SYS 5.95 2,320.50 C-37 Compacted Aggregate, No. 53 133 _.. .- TON ... _ ........ 75.00 9,975.00 C-38 Sidewalk 6-in 62 SYS 95.00 5,890.00 C-39 Sidewalk, 8-in 53 SYS 115.00 6,095.00 C-40 Strai ht Curb 138 LFT 46.00 6,348.00 C-41 Concrete Walk False Joints 428 LFT 13.25 5,671.00 C-42 Sidewalk, 6-in, Integral Color, Finish "A" 12 CYS 190.00 2,280.00 C-43 Sidewalk, 6-in, Integral Color, Finish "B" ...w�w 34 �.. .LFT CYS .... 240.00 ... 8,160.00 C-44 Expansion Joint, Concrete Walk ..... 300 9.00.. .00 2,700............ ..... _. C-45 Sidewalk Joint Transitions 96 LFT 27.00 2,592.00 C-46 Unit Paver 44 SYS 200.00 8,800.00 C-47 Brick Paver, Install 33 SYS 200.00 6,600.00 C-48 HMA, Surface, 9.5mm... Tyke B 53 TON 165.00 8,745,00 C-49 Tack Coat 648 SYS 1.15 745.20 C-50 Si n, Sheet, With Legend, ADA Parking 1 EACH 225.00 225„00 C-51 Paint, Line, White 4-inch 278 LFT 2.00 556.00 C-52 Paint, Line, Blue 4-inch _._... ........ ............ 80 . LFT 2.00 160.00 C-53 Paint, ADA Symbol, Blue 1 EACH 95.00 95.00 C-54 Litter Receptacle 1 EACH 1,500.00 1,500.00 C-55 Recycling Rece tacle 1 EACH 1.500.00 1,500.00 Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 12 BID/PROPOSAL CITY OF SOUTH BEND Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Project Number: 117-093A For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 Contractor Name: Northern Indiana. ....... Construction Comoanv Inc. W51 C-56 i Bench 5 EACH 1 ,830.00 9,150.00 C-57 Bike Rack 4 EACH 385.00 1,540.00 Type 5 Rail with Custom Infill Panel, 48 _ 341 .w.__._ LFT 119,350.00 C-58 inch 350.00 C-59 Screen Fence 61 LFT 400.00 24,400.00 C-60 East Race Sign, Salvage and Reset 1 LSUM 3,390,00 3,390.00 East Race Dedication Plaque, Salvage 1 LSUM 545.00 C-61 and Reset 545.00 C-62 Li hting, Pole, 1Oft 4 EACH 3,360.00 13,440.00 C-63 Foundation, Lighting 8 EACH 800.00 6,400.00 C-64 Lighting, Bollard T e L6 6 EACH 2,480.00 14,880.00 C-65 Luminaire, Type L1 .. 4 _ .... . EACH 3,350.00 13,400.00 C-66 Luminaire, Type L8 4 EACH 600.00 2,400.00 C-67 Handhole, Li htin�_ 1 EACH 650.00 ._ 650.00 w. ......... _........................ C-68 Schedule 80 HDPE, 1.5 inch _ 390 LFT 6.20 2,418.00 C-69 Schedule 80 HDPE, 2 inch 70 LFT 6.60 462.00 C-70 Wire, 3#8 No 10 AWG, Solid Co er 250 ........ ....... LFT ......... 2.80 700.00 C-71 Wire, 2#12, No 12AWG, Solid Copper 210 LFT 2.20 462.00 Mobilization and Demobilization for 2 EACH ......_ C-72 Seedin 400.00 800.00 C-73 Topsoil __._ ..... ......... .................................................... 42 CYS 61.60 2,587.20 C-74 Sodding, Nursery 382 SYS 12.55 4,794.10 C-75 Excelsoir Blanket 531 SYS 4.80 2,548.80 C-76 Shredded Hardwood Mulch _.._._ 9� ._..... CYS .. ......... 140.00 1,260.00 C-77 Shrubs, No. 3 Cont. 43 EACH 65.00 2,795.00 C-78 Perennials, No. 1 Cont. 395 EACH . .... .....�......................... .._ ...... 17.00 6,715.00 C-79 Ornamental Grasses, No. 1 Cont. 132 EACH 17.00 2,244.00 C-80 Planting Mixture 52 CYS 150.00 7,800.00 .....----__.._....._ C-81 Metal Edging 71 LFT 12.55 891.05 C-82 Landscape Stone Mulch mm 46 .TON .,.eee.4.5.:...... 11,270.00 C-83 Irrigation System 1 LSUM 1 28,600.00 1 28,600.00 DIVISION C TOTAL Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 13 2,010,606.65 BID/PROPOSAL��, �•�� CITY OF SOUTH BEND Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1;° ¢� �.............................,....................................,.,...:.. Project Number: 117-093A�� For Bids Due: June 9, 2020 �.. ..m�. Contractor Name: Northern Indiana Construction Comp+wlnc. BID ITEMS: Item No. Description Total Amount Division A — Base Bid _ ._...........__ 2,266,923.37 Division B — Base Bid —... 699,625.80 ... .........., w .....___ _ Division C — Base Bid .. 2,010,606.65 TOTAL 4,977,155.82 Bidder (Firm): ®„North,ernIndiana Construction Com any Irtio Address: P. O. Box 1333 City/State/Zip: Mishawaka IN. 46546ww Telephone Number: 574 256-1811 v� (Signature) _D.a. i i (Printed Name of Person Signing) Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 14 H m W W N Q: a� owl^ V oow0 a pzz N - CLW G 0 I0 V2> OW 0 z Q H 0 z 9 z 0 H 0 Q �a m v F—. C� 0. c W �m O�LL W m 2 C N O C 'rr d Cm E Lo Qo m C m 2 - cm O N C .2 O O = C v 4 . a U 0 Q O y a:E Y � O 0 E v N 3 •— IL rn '0 7 MC W � o 0 c ` N O O+ U c_ O .E C d t' H Q � r+ C M m wt mt 3 3 (D > Q0 U) =_ (D O 0a O U)t O 0 U) .0 Q'� 7 CD A5 C r u 3 �- 0 0 m 0 0 W (D c0 LL W m 2 � N m LO m V o Cn Q ti c Q 3 z U L a) 0 a m 07 _ 0 IC '5 O � d m .... ..... ---- _.................. O = 0 o. 0 0 N O 0� E U 00 O Q W N O m M ~ M M M 0 Uco LO � N m � o m w E m a a) m o � T N O L d N N V C N E U U) V U) a to - E L rn m U � `� = c c 0 f0 -i O U O 2 c O Y N 0 o m n c m IO N O O N w m a U Y M c0 EZ ._ c } x o L N > W W co 2 C v N U 00 CD 0 N L E v 7 co c O v (7 (UO d a L C f0 = Q a=i c c m °tS j m o-1 j E u oj- c( CD O Noa E U a)E F-•m Z wm c (n E W m Q'LL cm d N Y O f/70_ 0 d� W >�fn 0 E ca z C T1p; m CITY OF SOUTH BENDIOU 1,01 ,, MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM FORM MWBE-2.0 EVIDENCE OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS x865 This completed form should be included as part of the Bids documents related to City of South Bend Public Works Projects requiring Good Faith Efforts to obtain MBE/WBE participation. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to verify whether any listed minority or woman business meets the qualifications of a Minority or Women's owned business as defined by the Indiana Department of Administration ("IDOA"). Projectumber:......1..1..7.'0.9.3A_.._ ........ .................... r-Date: June 9, 2020 ,,,,_-.�.......-.-.........................................................................._ ,._........._. Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Bidder: Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. ....... Contact Person: David J. Walorski Telephone: 574-256-1811 ,_..... Address: P. O. Box 1333 City: Mishawaka _ State: Indiana .. Zip: 46546 Email: davidw lorski CS.GQR� ... ......... .�............... To determine whether a bidder has demonstrated good faith efforts to reach the MBE/WBE utilization goals set forth in the City of South Bend Public Works Project Specifications, the City and its agencies, boards, or commissions, REQUIRE ALL of the following Good Faith Efforts as listed in the table below*: EVIDENCE OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS .. .... ......... .......... ....... MBE/WBE LIST(S): The bidder reviewed the City of South Bend's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Diversity Development Program, which uses the IDOA approved list of Minority and Women Owned Business as found on their website (http://www.in.gov/idoa). ACTION (ADVERTISE/CONTACT): In order for your bid to be deemed responsive, the City of South Bend requires that all perspective bidders complete no less than 2 of the following: 1, Attend all pre -bid meetings scheduled by the City to inform MBE/WBEs of contracting and subcontracting opportunities, 2. Advertise in general circulation and/or trade association publications concerning subcontracting opportunities, and allow MBE/WBEs reasonable time to respond. 3. Perform any and all necessary steps to provide written notice in a manner reasonably calculated to inform MBE/WBEs of subcontracting opportunities and allowed sufficient time for them to participate effectively. 4, Utilize pre-existing services of available community organizations, small and/or disadvantaged business assistance offices and other organizations that provided assistance in the recruitment and placement of MBE/WBE firms. **Bidder must circle or otherwise notate which of the two (2) required actions were performed. .. ..... ........ ......._ .............................. GOOD FAITH NEGOTIATIONS: The bidder negotiated in good faith with interested MBE/WBEs, including providing such MBE/WBE's with adequate information about the plans, specifications and other requirements of the subcontract and did not reject MBE/WBEs as unqualified without sound business reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. SMALL CONTRACT(S): The bidder selected specific portions of the work to be performed by MBE/WBEs in order to increase the likelihood of meeting the MBE/WBE goals (including breaking down contracts into smaller units to facilitate MBE/WBE participation) CONTRACT RECORDS The bidder has maintained the following records for each MBE/WBE that has bid on the subcontracting opportunity: 1. Name, address, and telephone number; 2. A description of information provided by the bidder or subcontractor; and 3. A statement of whether an agreement was reached, and if not, why not, including any reasons for concluding that the MBENUBE was unqualified to perform the job. ..... ......... ......_ __ *Proper demonstration of Good Faith Effort requires your initials next to all of the above boxes. Any omissions shall be considered grounds for rejection of the bid by the Board of Public Works. The City of South Bend reserves the right to request additional information. Version 4/2/2019 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 16 CITY OF SOUTH BEND MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DIVERSITY ' DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMI FORM MWBE-2.1 MBE/WBE CONTACTED rr, This completed form should be supplied with Bids that pertain to City of South Bend Public Works Projects requiring contacted MBE/WBE to obtain Good Faith Efforts. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to verify whether any listed minority or woman business meets the qualifications of a Minority or Women's owned business. PAGE 1 OF 2 Project Number: 117-09.3.A....................................... _.. _�.._.....� MBE/WBE Participation Goal mmmmmµ nw Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 Bidder: No r Indian C nstru t n Cornp m. By Frsoie (Signature) �. D is Walorsk - (Title) MBE/WBE Firm All MBE/WBE Firms Inc. June 91,,2 20„ Owner or Contact at MBE/WBE Firm N/A ._ _w...._.. ..... ..... _._ ..��_....� ��� -._... ............_._� Telephone: N/A _..� Fax: �N/A._....__.........................ew _. Email:...N./A...........................�.w.......��» mm.......�.. TYPE OF WORK SOLICITED FOR THIS PROJECT: Placed an add in the South Bend Tribune seekino oualified MBE/WBE subcontractors to ww Provide bids on the _. above _stated „project The add ran in the South Bend Tribune „ l newspa er on 2020 & 6/6/20 News paper for .�.... 20. This same add was ,fisted on the South Bend . .. Tribune Online .� ..... 30 days from 5/31 /2020 to 6/30/2020. See attached. RESULTS OF CONTACT WITH THE MBE/WBE FIRM: No Quotes Received. MBE/WBE Firm Slusser's Green Thumb Inc. Owner or Contact at MBE/WBE W�I....da_ Firm Telephone: Fax: Email: ers.com 574-722-3102 �.-.....�.. -- PROJECT: Landsca in iems TYPE OF WORK SOLICITED FOR THIS PROJ mm ,t? g14t. RESULTS OF CONTACT WITH THE MBE/WBE FIRM: Version 4/2/20'19 Contractor's Bid for Public Works - 17 CITY OF SOUTH BEND MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE DIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM'"' M MXF y, FORM MWBE-2.1 MBEIWBE CONTACTED This completed form should be supplied with Bids that pertain to City of South Bend Public Works Projects requiring contacted MBE/WBE to obtain Good Faith Efforts. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to verify whether any listed minority or woman business meets the qualifications of a Minority or Women's owned business. Project Number: 117-093A Project Name: Seitz Park Reconstru Bidder:. '---? Mrrthnrn $nr hnn n, Phase 1 By:''� President .. - President (Signature) avid J. Walorski (Title) MBE/WBE Firm V & R Truckingmm Inc... Owner or Contact at MBE/WBE Firm Veda Godette PAGE 2 OF 2 MBE/WBE Participation Goal (Date) Telephone: Fax: Email: g g @ �� 574-234-1268 __574-234,-.0748........,, . fi htm Irish aol.com TYPE OF WORK SOLICITED FOR THIS PROJECT: Haulinc Services RESULTS OF CONTACT WITH THE MBE/WBE FIRM. Received Hourly Hauling prices. MBE/WBE Firm Premium„Concrete Services Inc,_ Owner or Contact at MBE/WBE Firm x.Yekb .. .....�. _ ...., Telephone: 574 264-0196 Fax, 57 266-5392 Email: max@premiun� ncreteonline.cg TYPE OF WORK SOLICITED FOR THIS PROJECT: RESULTS OF CONTACT WITH THE MBE/WBE FIRM: Version 4/2/2019 Cuntrdctor's Bid for Public Works - 17 Date: 05C29C20 Account #: 2457 Company Name: Northern Indiana Construction Co, Inc Contact: Dnnisha Address: P.O. BOX1333 558O3Dogwood Road City: yW|SHAVVAKA State: IN Ad ID: 845622 Run Dates: 05/30/20to08806/20 Ad Class: Trades Columns wide: 1 Total #ofLines: 15 Total Cost: $421.55 Account Rep: Holly Hamel Phmmm# Email: hhamel@sbtinfo.com Method Card Type CC VISA 1987 Last *Digits oxem Publications: |South Bend Tribune � SoOnono Gross: $421.55 Paid Amount: ' $421.55 Amount Northern Indiana Construction Co. Inc., in Mishawaka, Indiana is seeking qualified MBE/VVBE subcontractors to provide bids on the City of South Bend's GEOZ PARK IMPROVEMENTS - PHASE 1, Project No. 1iF 093A� Northern Indiana Con- struction is a EEO Bmp|oymc For further information, please contact David Wa|oroki. phone: 574'250'1811. fax: 574'256'1879, BIDS ARE DUE BYJUNE8TH. --- 'Soutlh, Bend TRI'BUNE The voice that connects us. M This is the proof of your ad scheduled to run on the dates indicated below. Please proof read carefully if changes are needed, please contact us prior to deadline at or email at swright@sbtinfo.com. Date. 05/29/20 Account #: 2457 Company Name: Northern Indiana Construction 1 Co., Inc. Contact: Danisha Address: P.O. BOX 1333 55803 Dogwood Road MISHAWAKA Telephone. (574) 256-1811 Fax: Ad ID: 845622 Start. 05/30/20 Stop: 06/06/20 Total Cost: $421.55 # of Lines: 15 Total Depth: 1.861 # of Inserts: Ad Class: Trades Phone # Email: hhamel@sbtinfo.com South Bend Tribune SB Online K 0 L. Northern Indiana Construction Co. Inc., in Mishawaka, Indiana is seeking qualified IVlBE/VVBE subcontractors to provide bids on the City of South Bend's SEITZ PARK IMPROVEMENT'S — PHASE. 1, Project No. 117- 093P,. Northern Indiana Con struction is a EEO Employer. For further information, please contact David Walorski, phone: 574 255 1811, fax: 574-256-1879, BIDS ARE DUE BY JUKE 81H, 2020. Danisha Marable From: Danisha Marable <dmarable.nic@gmail.com> Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 10:51 AM To: 'Wright, Christopher' Subject: RE: Northern Indiana Construction Company Request for Price for a Recruitment Ad Okay. We would definitely like to get the ad in so it can run this Sunday and one other day of the week. Will it be possible to run the ad this Sunday and Saturday (Possibly June 6, 2020)? Thank you.. Danisha L. Marable dmarable.nic mai I. cocom Northern Indiana Construction Co., Inc. From: Wright, Christopher [mailtoxs_ ririghta Ipgk1Jq. gM] Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 10:05 AM To: dmara�blq,nicnic c grnafl.corn Cc: Chakan, Shelley Subject: Re: Northern Indiana Construction Company Request for Price for a Recruitment Ad Danisha, Our system is down momentarily. I will send as soon as i have your proof and quote. Thank you, Skip From: Danisha Marable <dmarable.nic�g aitxom> Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 9:52 AM To: Wright, Christopher <cswri ht locali .com> Cc: Chakan, Shelley <SChakan lorali .com> Subject: FW: Northern Indiana Construction Company Request for Price for a Recruitment Ad Skip, Good morning! Were you able to come up with a price structure yet for our possible recruitment ad? Kindly, Danisha L. Marable dmarable.nic gmail.com Northern Indiana Construction Co., Inc. David Walorski From: David Walorski <davidwalorski@cs.com> Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 10:00 AM To: 'John Williamson' Subject: RE: SEITZ PARK IMPROVEMENTS Thanks John! Yes bids on the 9tn From: John Williamson <JDW@slussers.com> Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 9:58 AM To: davidwalorski@cs.com Subject: RE: SEITZ PARK IMPROVEMENTS David, I'm planning on it. Still bids on the 9th? I will start looking at this next week. We would be handling the standard landscape plantings but we would not be bidding the irrigation system Thanks John Williamson, Estimating Manager Slusser's Green Thumb, Inc. (574) 722-3102 ext. 3210 Cell (574) 721-4563 From: David Walorski <davidwalorski cs.com> Sent: Friday, May 29, 2020 9:45 AM To: John Williamson <JDW@slussers.com> Subject: SEITZ PARK IMPROVEMENTS Good morning John; I wanted to double check with you that you are quoting the Seitz Park landscape and seeding work. I was looking thru old emails sent to you and did not find my request to you. Please let me know. Thank you; David J. Walorski 1 David Walorski From: Rob Becker <rbecker@premiumconcreteonline.com> Sent: Thursday, May 28, 2020 4:42 PM To: davidwalorski@cs.com; Max Yeakey Subject: RE: SEITZ PARK - PHASE 1 Dave, Do you have plans & specs you can send us? Thank you, Rob Becker — Estimator/Project Manager Premium Concrete Services, Inc. 712 Richmond St Elkhart, Indiana 46516 Ph: (574) 264-0196 Ext# 13 Fax: (574) 266-5392 Cell: (574) 612-3709 iwiiiiiar,�terid�ua ��a�a�an z�rrr y From: David Walorski <davidwalorski@cs.com> Sent: Friday, May 22, 2020 2:16 PM To: Max Yeakey <max@premiumconcreteonline.com> Cc: Rob Becker <rbecker@premiumconcreteonline.com> Subject: RE: SEITZ PARK - PHASE 1 I have attached the proposal sheet with the items highlighted that I would like quoted! I am assuming you have the plans and specs. Have a good holiday weekend! David J. Walorski 1 Wmiflumte M ISSUED BY INDIANAPOLIS, IN Its] NORTHERN INDIANA CONSTRUCTION CO INC January 30, 2020 MISHAWAKA, IN who has filed with the Department a Contractor's Statement of Experience and Financial Condition as required under Indiana Code 8-23-10, is hereby qualified to bid at any Department of Transportation letting in Classes of Work and within the amount and other limitation of each classification as listed below, for such period as the uncompleted work on hand from all sources does not exceed the Aggregate amount. Classification references by narne, or symbol are in accordance with the definitions in the Contractor's Statement of Experience and Financial Condition. This certificate supersedes any certificate previously issued, but is subject to revision or revocation according to the law, if and when changes in the financial condition of the contracting firm or other facts justify such revision or revocation. Valid February 1, 2020 Thru January 31, 2021 AGGREGATE.............. ........... .............. .... ...,...... . , .................... $32,116,000 0272 POLYMERIC CONCRETE BRIDGE DECK OVERLAY .. ........ ....... $500,000 A(B) CONCRETE PAVEMENT: LIMITED.......................................................................................................... $2,000,000 C(B) LIGHT GRADING- ,, -- ... - , _ , .. .................. ......... .................. ........ _ ......... $2,000,000 D(A) HIGHWAY OR RAILROAD BRIDGE OVER WATER .... ...... .................. $26,816,000 D(B) HIGHWAY OR RAILROAD BRIDGE OVER HIGHWAY.......................................................................... $26,816,000 D(C) HWY/RR BRIDGE REQ RR TRACK PROTECTION...............................................---.......-..........,......... $26,816,000 E(E) SMALL STRUCTURES AND DRAINAGE ITEMS ............... ........... ....... ............ ............................ ........... $2,000,000 E(F) SURFACE MASONRY AND MISC CONCRETE ..... .---.... $2,000,000 E(I) PERMANENT SEEDING, SODDING, AND TOP SOIL .... ................„,.., , ...., $1,000,000 E(Q) CONCRETE PAVEMENT: REPAIRS .. ..,.., ... ................ ......., $1,000,000 E(T) DEMOLITION ................................... ............................................................................................................. $2,000,000 ISREQUALIFICATION ENGINEER State I'm 20508 (R3 / 5-05) OMMISSIONER CITY OF SOUTH BEND, INDIANA CONTRACTOR'S BID FOR PUBLIC WORK RESPONSIBLE BIDDER CHECKLIST Project Name Seitz Park Reconstruction Phase 1 .. ........... ._ ._ _ _...__.......__... ---- ---- Project No. 117- -093A For Bids Due June 9, 2020 Contractor Name: Northern Indiana C __. onstruction Company Inc. The City seeks to enhance its ability to identify responsive and responsible bidders on all City public works projects by institution of comprehensive submission requirements in compliance with State law. Quality workmanship, efficient operation, safety, and timely completion of projects requires that all bidders meet certain minimum requirements to be responsive and responsible bidders. THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BID. INSTRUCTIONS: If you are a pre -qualified bidder, complete Section I only. If you are not a pre -qualified bidder, complete Section II only. Section II acts as an application for pre -qualification. Submission of Section II will allow the bidder to be considered for pre -qualification for bids with the City of South Bend Department of Public Works. Pre - qualified bidders will then be exempt from a portion of the submission requirements outlined in Section 6- 63 of The Responsible Bidding Ordinance No. 10594-18 (hereinafter, "Responsible Bidding Ordinance") for a period of twelve (12) months. Thereafter, contractors who are pre -qualified must submit a complete application for continuation of "pre - qualified" standing, on a form provided by the City ("Responsible Bidder Checklist (1) Pre -Qualified Bidders") by December 31s' for the upcoming calendar year, or within twelve (12) months of obtaining pre - qualified standing. If the status of any item changes within the twelve (12) months, it is the responsibility of the contractor to notify the City. Failure by any pre -qualified contractor to submit its complete application for continuation of "pre -qualified" standing within the time prescribed above shall result in automatic removal of the designation, effective January 1 of the following year, or immediately following the twelve (12) months of pre -qualified standing. However, the "removed" contractor or subcontractor shall still be permitted to bid on City public works projects, though the contractor must submit all required documents under 6-63 until "pre -qualified" status is re-established. Please Note: The City reserves the right to request supplemental information from the bidder, additional verification of any information provided by the bidder, and may also conduct random inquiries of the bidder's current and previous customers regardless of pre -qualified standing. It is the sole responsibility of the potential bidder to comply with all submission requirements applicable to the bidder in Section 6-63 of the Responsible Bidding Ordinance no later than the date of the public bid opening. Version 5/16/2019 General Conditions - 6 POST BID SUBMISSIONS: Post -bid submissions must be submitted in accordance with Section 6-64 of the Responsible Bidding Ordinance. The post -bid submission requirements are as follows: 1. All bidders shall collect, maintain, and provide upon request, a current written list that discloses the name, address, licensing status, and type of work for any subcontractor from whom the bidder has accepted a bid and/or intends to hire on any part of the public work project, including individuals performing work as independent contractors. 2. Each subcontractor, whose portion of the project is estimated to be at least one -hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00), shall be required to adhere to the requirements of Section I of the Responsible Bidder Ordinance as though it were bidding directly to the City, except that the subcontractor shall submit the required information (including the name, address, and type of work) to the successful bidder prior to the commencement of work. 3. Failure of a subcontractor to submit the required information shall not disqualify the successful bidder from performing work on the project and shall not constitute a contractual default and/or breach by the successful bidder. However, the City may withhold all payment otherwise due for work performed by a subcontractor, until the subcontractor submits the required information and the City approves such information. 4. The disclosure of a subcontractor list ("Disclosed Subcontractor(s)") to the City by a bidder shall not create any rights in the Disclosed Subcontractor(s). Thus, a bidder may substitute another subcontractor for a Disclosed Subcontractor by giving the City, upon request, written notice of the name, address, licensing status, and type of work of the substitute subcontractor. 5. The successful bidder and all subcontractors on a public works project are required to submit certified payroll utilizing the federal form known as WH-347 or a similar form on a bi-weekly basis, submitted within 10 days after the end of each bi-weekly payroll period. Certified payrolls shall identify the job title and craft for each employee. Certified payrolls shall be submitted electronically. Please Note: Submissions deemed inadequate, incomplete, or untimely by the City may result in the automatic disqualification of the bid. The City, after review of complete and timely submissions, shall, in its sole discretion, after taking into account all information in the submission requirements, determine whether a bidder is responsive and responsible, and provide a Pre -Qualification Verification Letter. The City specifically reserves the right to utilize all information provided in the contractor's submission and any information obtained by the City through its own independent verification of the information provided by the contractor. Version b/16/2019 General Conditions - 7 PRE -QUALIFIED BIDDER CHECKLIST (a) Acknowledgements: (i) X By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge that I am a pre -qualified bidder with the City of South Bend and that I have met the pre -qualification requirements within the last twelve (12) months. A copy of my Pre -Qualification verification letter is attached. (ii) X By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge that the City reserves the right to request supplemental information, additional verification of any information provided by me, and may also conduct random inquiries of my current and prior customers. (b) Attachments: (i) X Indiana Secretary of State's on-line records (ie. Business verification) dated within sixty (60) days of the submission of said document showing that business is in existence, current with the Indiana Secretary of State's Business Entity Report, and eligible for a certificate of good standing. (Not applicable to individuals, sole proprietors or partnerships). (ii) X Statement on staffing capabilities, including labor sources. This statement indicates and ensures I have sufficient employees on staff to complete the work. It outlines how I intend to meet the staffing needs of the work. (iii) X List of projects of similar size and scope of work performed in all areas, including the State of Indiana, within the last three (3) years. (iv) X For every project, submit evidence of participation in apprenticeship and training programs, applicable to the work to be performed on the project, which are approved by and registered with the United States Department of Labor's Office of Apprenticeship, or its successor organization. Version 5/16/2019 General Conditions - 8 PRE -QUALIFICATION CHECKLIST (FOR BIDDERS THAT ARE NOT PRE -QUALIFIED) (a) Acknowledgements: (i) _ By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge that I am not a pre -qualified bidder with the City of South Bend. (ii) _ By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge that the City reserves the right to request supplemental information, additional verification of any information provided, and may also conduct random inquiries of my current and prior customers. The City reserved the right to utilize all information provided in this submission and all information obtained in inquiries or requests to determine if a bidder is responsive and responsible. Additionally, I acknowledge that all information provided to the City shall be regarded as public records. (iii) _ By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge that copies of all Applicable apprenticeship certificates or standards for training programs applicable to the work performed on the project may be requested at any time and shall be furnished upon request. (iv) _ By checking this box, I hereby acknowledge and ensure that I and all sub- contractors, from whom I have accepted a bid and/or intend to hire to perform work on the public work project, are properly licensed. Furthermore, I acknowledge my understanding that it is my responsibility to ensure that all sub -contractors have the necessary licenses to undertake the work called for in this bid. If a sub- contractor loses their license at any point, it is the responsibility of that sub- contractor to notify the City. (b) Attachments: (i) _ Indiana Secretary of State's on-line records (ie. Business verification) dated within sixty (60) days of the submission of said document showing that business is in existence, current with the Indiana Secretary of State's Business Entity Report, and eligible for a certificate of good standing. (Not applicable to individuals, sole proprietors or partnerships). List identifying all former business names. (ili) Any determinations by a court or governmental agency any violations of federal state, or local laws including, but not limited to, violations of contracting or antitrust laws, tax or licensing laws, environmental laws, Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), or federal Davis -Bacon and related Acts, within the preceding five (5) years. (iv) Statement about staffing capabilities, including labor sources. This statement indicates and ensures I have sufficient employees on staff to complete the work I am bidding on OR outlines how I intend to meet the staffing needs of the work. (v) — Statement that individuals who will perform work on the public work project on my behalf will be properly classified as an employee or as an independent contractor under all applicable state and federal laws and local ordinances. (vi) — For every project, submit evidence of participation in apprenticeship and training programs, applicable to the work to be performed on the project, which are approved by and registered with the United States Department of Labor's Office of Apprenticeship, or its successor organization. (vii) Copy of a written plan for employee drug testing that covers all of my employees who will perform work on the public work project and meets or exceeds the requirements set forth in IC 4-13-18-5 or IC 4-13-18-6. (viii) Evidence that I am utilizing a surety company which is on the Bureau of Fiscal Service "Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties" as required in the bid specifications or contract. Version 5/16/2019 General Conditions - 9 (ix) Written statement of any federal, state or local tax liens or tax delinquencies owed to any federal, state or local taxing body in the preceding three years. (i) List of projects of similar size and scope of work performed in all areas, including the State of Indiana, within three (3) years prior to the date on which the bid is due. Date: June g 2020 a (Sign Here) I ay d J, VV orski F'r' id rrt (Print Name Here) Northern Indiana Constructi„_n .. Cwgmpgn Inc (Name of Company) P, 0. Box 1333 (Address of Company) Mishawaka (City) (State) 574-25 -1811 (Telephone Number) Version 5/16/2019 General Conditions - 10 1316 COUNTY -CITY BUILDING 227 W. JEFFERSON BOULEVARD SOUTH BEND, INDIANA 46601-1830 CITY OF SOUTH! PETE BUTTIGIEG, MAYOR BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS October 31, 2019 Mr. David J. Walorski Northern Indiana Construction Co., Inc. P.O. Box 1333 Mishawaka, IN 46546 RE: Pre -Qualification Verification Dear Mr. Walorski: PHONE 574/235-9251 FAx 574/235-9171 This letter serves as verification of Pre -Qualification status of your company for bidding with the City of South Bend. This Pre -Qualification status is effective for twelve (12) months from the date of this letter. Thereafter you are required to re -submit a complete application for continuation of pre -qualification status prior to December 31 for the upcoming calendar year. A copy of this Verification Letter must be included with every bid exceeding $150,000 submitted to the City of South Bend Board of Public Works, along with your Pre -Qualified Bidder Checklist and attachments. If you have any further questions regarding this matter, please call this office at (574) 235-9251. Sincerely, r Linda M. Martin, Clerk GARY A. GILOT GENEVIEVE E. MILLER ELIZABETH A. MARADIK LAURA L. O'SULLIVAN THERESE J. DORAU BUSINESS INFORMATION CONNIE LAWSON INDIANA SECRETARY OF STATE 06/08/2020 09:42 AM fm <onw.,.,W,w.�;�/�ur,�dre Business Name: NORTHERN INDIANA CONSTRUCTION Business ID: 198611-033 COMPANY INC Entity Type: Domestic For -Profit Corporation Creation Date: 11/03/1986 PO BOX 1333, MISHAWAKA, IN, 46546 - Principal Office Address: PO USA Jurisdiction of Formation: Indiana Business Status: Active Inactive Date: Expiration Date: Perpetual Business Entity Report Due 11/30/2020 Date: qq�`'' Years Due: B �11YN4/gk//!i/��� �w Title Name Address Secretary Scott Fredrick 428 CHESTNUT FOREST COVE, FT. WAYNE, IN, 46814, USA President WALORSKI.DAVID. J. 51566 BRIDGEWATER CT, SOUTH BEND, IN, 46637, USA I° //� / -/ 4'�� ,,,,,,.r ,r,.,,,/�. Type°: individual Name: David J. Walorski Address: 55803 Dogwood Road, Mishawaka, 1N, 46545, USA 6/8/2020 (https://inbiz.in.gov) INBiz: Your one -stop source for your business. Business Details NORTHERN INDIANA Business Name: CONSTRUCTION COMPANY Business ID: 198611-033 INC Domestic For -Profit Entity Type: Corporation Business Status: Active Creation Date: 11/03/1986 Inactive Date: Principal Office PO BOX 1333, Address: MISHAWAKA, IN, 46546 - Expiration Date: Perpetual 1333, USA Jurisdiction of Business Entity Formation: Indiana Report Due 11/30/2020 Date: Years Due: Principal Information Registered Agent Information Type: Individual Name: David J. Walorski Address: 55803 Dogwood Road, Mishawaka, IN, 46545, USA Print Entity Details Back Return to Search Filing History Name History Assumed Name History Certified Copies Request https://bsd.sos.in.gov/PublicBusinessSearch/BusinesslnformationFromIndex 1 /1 June 9, 2020 TO: Board of Public Works of the City of South Bend, Indiana RE: Northern Indiana Construction Company's Staffing Capabilities Since its incorporation on November 3, 1986, Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. has always maintained accurate staffing to initiate, and complete, all the projects we bid and are awarded. As of the date of this letter, Northern Indiana Construction Company has an extensive list of employees who are adequately trained to complete the work and projects we bid. As a part of our Good Faith Efforts with the Indiana Department of Transportation, Northern Indiana Construction Company, solicits candidates for hire, several times every year, from numerous recruitment agencies, social organizations, local colleges & training facilities, and Workforce Development Services of Northern Indiana. Very Kindly, David J. Wa.9'oi ° .r President Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. 55BO3 DOGWOOD RD. P.O. BOX 1333 MISHAWAKA, IN, 46546.1333 PH: 574-256-1 B1 1 FAX: 574-256.1 B79 " An Equal Opportunity Employer" Previous Proiects of Similar Size and Scope of Nature within Three 3 Years Prior Project Project Project Project Performed work on River Walk Projects, more than 3 years ago, in South Bend, Mishawaka & Elkhart. 55803 DOGWOOD RD. P.D. BOX 1333 MISHAWAKA, IN. 46546.1333 PH: 574-256-181 1 FAX: 574-256-1879 " An Equal Opportunity Employer" June 9, 2020 TO: Board of Public Works, City of South Bend, Indiana RE: Northern Indiana Construction Company Evidence of Participation in Apprenticeship and Training Programs Northern Indiana Construction Company is a member of the Associated Builder & Contractors of Indiana / Kentucky Inc. The Associated Builder & Contractors of Indiana / Kentucky provides formal apprenticeship and craft training that are registered with the United States Department of Labor Office of Apprenticeship. We also participate in the Indiana Department of Transportation — OJT Training Program for minorities and women. The stated programs meet all federal and state requirements for a formal apprenticeship program and prevailing wage work including employer sponsored classroom instructions, along with on the job training (OJT). The classroom instructions are available in Elkhart Indiana and other locations, and follow the National Center for Construction Education and Research (NCCER) curriculum, "Wheels of Learning." Northern Indiana Construction Company also has trained and certified all of our crane operators. They have classroom training and have successfully passed all exams, and each is certified by the National Commission for the Certification of Crane Operators (NCCCO). Currently we have two full time employees participating in the referenced training programs. Both employees are trainees in the labor crafts. We have one trainee participating in the INDOT — OJT Training Program. Our other trainee is participating in OJT training to obtain skills and participate in the Associated Builders & Contractors Inc. classroom instruction 2020. Should you need any additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very dly, David J. Waloii President Northern Indiana Construction Company Inc. 55803 DOGWOOD RD. P.O. BOX 1333 MISHAWAKA, IN. 46546-1333 PH: 574.256-181 1 FAX: 574.256.1879 " An Equal Opportunity Employer" MACOUEEN EMERGENCY September 4, 2020 Fire Chief Carl Buchanon The City of South Bend Fire Department 1045 West Sample Street South Bend, IN 46619 Subject: Proposal for one (1) and two (2) Pierce Enforcer Pumper(s) Proposal / Bid #1159 Dear Fire Chief Buchanon, 4212 V merry BW hitestown, Indiana 46075 (800) 382-9788 With regard to the above subject, please find attached our completed proposal. Pricing, is as follows, including 100% prepay option. Pricing Summary: Sale Price — $630,000.00 one unit $618,000.00 each for (2) unit order - $1,236,000.00 100% Performance Bond: Should The City of South Bend Fire Department elect to have us provide a Performance Bond, $1,890.00 will need to be added to the above price for each unit. 100% Prepayment Option: Should The City of South Bend Fire Department elect to make a 100% prepayment at contract execution, a discount of (1 ,608,00) can be subtracted from each unit at the above "Sale Price" resulting in a revised contract price. Terms and Conditions: Taxes — Not Applicable Freight — F.O.B. — Appleton, WI / Delivery to South Bend, IN Terms — Net due prior to vehicle(s) release at the Pierce Manufacturing Plant (Appleton, WI). Net due at Contract signing for Prepay discount to be applicable. Delivery — 9.5 —12.5 months from receipt and acceptance of contract. �a PCNr09Y LIR[ No OTNr. FACTORY AUTHORIZED DEALER ILLINOIS - INDIANA 0MACQUEEN EMERGENCY Said apparatus and equipment are to be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war, or international conflicts, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, could alter the delivery schedule. The specifications herein contained, shall form a part of the final contract, and are subject to changes as desired by the purchaser, provided such changes are acknowledged and agreed to in writing by the purchaser. This proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. The attached proposal is valid for 30 days. We trust the above and the enclosed to be full and complete at this time; however, should you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at 630-605-3348 or dave.polkow@macqueengroup.com. We wish to thank The City of South Bend Fire Department for the opportunity to submit our proposal. Respectfully, Dave/ Pa cow Dave Polkow MacQueen Equipment LLC DBA MacQueen Emergency Group Bond No. Bid Bond Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland 600 Red Brook Blvd Owings Mills, MD 21117 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Thatwe, MacQueen Emergency Group , as Principal, (hereinafter called the "Principal"), and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland , a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of IL , as Surety, (hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto City of South Bend as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee'), in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($10% 1 for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Two (2) Pierce Enforcer Pumpers NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract, including the attached warranty of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., or McNeilus Companies Inc., as applicable herein, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and seale 26th day of August 2020 k>wess: Witness: Cathy Hutson MacQueen Em rgency Group Principal By: �� ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Daniel J. SAPIRO, Daniel J. KWIECINSKI, Wendy S. MILLER, Kathleen A. CRARY, Tracy K. MATTHEWS, Cathy HUTSON, Lisa M. SLAKES, Sarah E. DEYOUNG and Lucy A. HANTZSCH, all of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 21st day of August, A.D. 2015. ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ��tb ♦��� s/i .rr�� �„� Rty�ss AL tns i, - Secretary Vice President Eric D. Barnes Michael Bond State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 21st day of August, A.D. 2015, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, deposeth and saith, that heJshe is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seat the day and year first above written. ''III/11111111�` Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 POA-F 184-6514C ACORU® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 08/26/20220 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: if the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1-414-443-0000 Hays Companies 1200 North Mayfair Road, Suite 100 CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX C No: E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: NATIONAL FIRE & MARINE INS CO 20079 Milwaukee, WI 53226 INSURED INSURERB: BERKLEY NATL INS CO 38911 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. INSURER C INSURERD: P.O. Box 2017 INSURER E : INSURERF: Appleton, WI 54912-2017 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 60066011 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. fNSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE 1=SUER POLICY NUMBER MM/DDPOLICYEFF MM/DD POLICY EXP LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X 42—GLO-100190-06 04/01/20 04/01/21 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE FKOCCUR DAMAGE T RE PREMISES Ea occurrence $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY 0 JECOT PR ❑ LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 1,000,000 $ OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ A X UMBRELLALIAB rd OCCUR 42—UMO-100191-06 04/01/20 04/01/21 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 15,000,000 EXCESSLIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $ 15,000,000 DIED I I RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE ❑ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N / A PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ B Excess Liability CEX09600174-07 04/01/20 04/Ol/21 Ea Occ/Agg 10,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached If more space Is required) Additional Insured when required by written contract between the owner and a Pierce Dealer. Two (2) Pierce Enforcer Pumpers FICATE HOLDER City of South Bend 1045 West Samle Street South Bend, IN 46619 ACORD 25 (2016/03) kguell cnn.c I USA SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ACOR©° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE #*./ II/I/2020 DATE(MWDD/YYYY) 1 8/26/2020 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(a). PRODUCER LOCKTON COMPANIESCONTACT 5500 Wayzata Blvd., Suite 510 Minneapolis MN 65416 763-512-8600ADDRESS: A/c Na Ext : FAX No): EMAIL 25615 INSURER A : The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company INSURED MACQUEEN EQUIPMENT, LLC 1432884 DBA MACQUEEN EMERGENCY GROUP 1125 E. 7TH STREET ST. PAUL MN 55106 INSURERB: The Travelers indemnityContpanyofConnecticut 25682 INSURERC: Travelers Property Casualty Co ofAmenca 25674 INSURER D INSURER E: INSURER F, COVERAGES CFRTIFICOTF NI/MRFR- 16927i71 RFVIR1nN NI lIMRFR- XXXXXXX THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPLTR LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y N 630-867K8328 11/1/2019 H/1/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE s 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE � OCCUR PRMMI ES (EaEoccurrence) s 300,000 MED EXP (Any one arson 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1 000 000 GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. POLICY � PRo FX LOG GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2 00O 000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ OTHER: B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY N N 810-7N364433 11/I/2019 11/1/2020 OMaBItI DISINGLE LIMIT $ 1 000 000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ XXXXXXX AOUTOSONLY AUTOSULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident s XXXXXXX AUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED ONL� Per acEcRld. DAMAGE $ XXXXXXX $XXXXXXX C UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR Y N CUP-OK231444 11/1/2019 I I/I/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10000,000 AGGREGATE S 1 O 000 000 NX EXCESS LLAB CLAIMS -MADE DED I X I RETENTION $ 10,000 $ XXXXXXX 1 A WRKERION AND EMPLOERS'LIACOPESBILIITY Y/N OFFICEWMEMSER EXCLUDED?ANY CUTIVE rN7 (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS helaw N / A N UB-OL654504 11/1/2019 II/1/2020 X I STATUTE OTH- E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMI7 1. I UOO OOO DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more apace is required) THE CITY OF SOUTH BEND IS LISTED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON GENERAL AND UMBRELLA LIABILITY AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT SUBJECT TO POLICY TERMS, CONDITIONS, AND EXCLUSIONS SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE SHALL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. %.mrc I rrwA 1 tc nvwcrc L ANIiCLLA 1 IVN SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 16927571 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE The City of South Bend 1045 West Sampple Street South Bend IN 46619 ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1 8-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All riahts reservad The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD w W'af .! a p4��UTHB�:' 10 �O rFiW .e.cr y 1865 BID NAME Sec C — Two 2 More or Less Custom Rear Mount Pumpers FOR BIDS DUE _Se UTr a MRe P tr 0 1) , M _ Bidder Date: �(� poZ (Firm): MacQueen Equipment, LLC dba MacQueen Emergency Group Address: 4212 Perry Boulevard City/State/Zip: Whitestown IN 46075 Telephone Number: ( 630 ) 605-3348 Agent of Bidder (if Applicable Dave Polkow When the prospective Contractor is unable to certify to any of the statements below, it shall attach an explanation to this Affidavit. CONTRACTOR'S NON -COLLUSION AND NON-DEBARMENTAFFIDAVIT, CERTIFICATION REGARDING INVESTMENT WITH IRAN, EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION, NON-DISCRIlVIINATION COMMITMENT AND CERTIFICATION OF USE OF UNITED STATES STEEL PRODUCTS OR FOUNDRY PRODUCTS (Must be completed for all quotes and bids. Please type or print) STATE OF = L ) SS: VAMP COUNTY ) The undersigned Contractor, being duly sworn upon his/her/its oath, affirms under the penalties of perjury that: 1. Contractor has not, nor has any other member, representative, or agent of the firm, company, corporation or partnership represented by him, entered into any combination, collusion or agreement with any person relative to the price to be bid by anyone at such letting nor to prevent any person from bidding nor to induce anyone to refrain from bidding, and that this bid is made without reference to any other bid and without any agreement, understanding or combination with any other person in reference to such bidding. Contractor further says that no person or persons, firms, or corporation has, have or will receive directly or indirectly, any rebate, fee, gift, commission or thing of value on account of such sale; and 2. Contractor certifies by submission of this proposal that neither contractor nor any of its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency; and 3. Contractor has not, nor has any successor to, nor an affiliate of, Contractor, engaged in investment activities in Iran. 4 a. For purposes of this Certification, "Iran" means the government of Iran and any agency or instrumentality of Iran, or as otherwise defined at Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-5, as amended from time -to -time. b. As provided by Ind. Code § 5-22-16.5-8, as amended from time -to -time, a Contractor is engaged in investment activities in Iran if either: Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, provides goods or services of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in value in the energy sector of Iran; or ii. Contractor, its successor or its affiliate, is a financial institution that extends twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in credit to another person for forty-five (45) days or more, if that person will (i) use the credit to provides goods and services in the energy sector in Iran; and (ii) at the time the financial institution extends credit, is a person identified on list published by the Indiana Department of Administration. 4. Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the Contractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien. Contractor agrees that he/she/it shall enroll in and verify the work eligibility status of all of Contractor's newly hired employees through the E-Verify Program as defined by I.C. 22-5-1.7-3. Contractor's documentation of enrollment and participation in the E-Verify Program is included and attached as part of this bid/quote; and 5. Contractor shall require his/her/its subcontractors performing work under this public contract to certify that the subcontractors do not knowingly employ or contract with an unauthorized alien, nor retain any employee or contract with a person that the subcontractor subsequently learns is an unauthorized alien, and that the subcontractor has enrolled in and is participating in the E-Verify Program. The Contractor agrees to maintain this certification throughout the term of the contract with the City of South Bend, and understands that the City may terminate the contract for default if the Contractor fails to cure a breach of this provision no later than thirty (30) days after being notified by the City. 6. Persons, partnerships, corporations, associations, or joint venturers awarded a contract by the City of South Bend through its agencies, boards, or commissions shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of a City contract with respect to hire, tenure, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment because of race, sex, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, age, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation or disability that does not affect that person's ability to perform the work. In awarding contracts for the purchase of work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing including, but not limited to, public works contracts awarded under public bidding laws or other contracts in which public bids are not required by law, the City, its agencies, boards, or commissions may consider the Contractor's good faith efforts to obtain participation by those Contractors certified by the State of Indiana as a Minority Business ("MBE") or as a Women's Business W Enterprise ("WBE") as a factor in determining the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. In no event shall persons or entities seeking the award of a City contract be required to award a subcontract to an MBE/WBE; however, it may not unlawfully discriminate against said WBE/MBE. A finding of a discriminatory practice by the City's MBE/WBE Utilization Board shall prohibit that person or entity from being awarded a City contract for a period of one (1) year from the date of such determination, and such determination may also be grounds for terminating the contact for which the discriminatory practice or noncompliance pertains. 7. The undersigned contractor agrees that the following nondiscrimination commitment shall be made a part of any contract which it may henceforth enter into with the City of South Bend, Indiana or any of its agencies, boards or commissions. Contractor agrees not to discriminate against or intimidate any employee or applicant for employment in the performance of this contract with privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of race, religion, color, sex, gender expression, gender identity, sexual orientation, handicap, national origin or ancestry. Breach of this provision may be regarded as material breach of contract. I, the undersigned bidder or agent as contractor on a public works project, understand my statutory obligations to the use of steel products or foundry products made in the United States (I.C. 5-16-8-1). I hereby certify that I and all subcontractors employed by me for this project will use steel products or foundry products on this project if awarded. I understand that violations hereunder may result in forfeiture of contractual payments. I hereby affirm under the penalties ofperjury that the facts and information contained in the foregoing bid for public works are true and correct. Dated this _ f� day of kp+KeEc20#p MacQueen Equipment, LLC dba MacQueen Emergency Group Contractor i r ) Signature of Contra /Bidder or Its Agent Subscribed and sworn to before me this yrh My Commission Expires County of Residence Dave Polkow - Sales Representative Printed Name and Title day of SepreomfiRf , 20 a0 Notary Public blic v p�c..PjL ANGELA M DVORAK Official Seal Notary Public . State of Illinois My Commission Expires Jun S. 2022 (To be completed only by Contractors/Bidders claiming to be a "locallndiana business" pursuant to LC. 36-1-12-22) INDIANA LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE CLAIM A "locallndiana business" refers to any of thefollowing: (])A business whose principal place ofbusiness is located in an affected county. (2) A business thatpays a majority of its payroll (in dollarvolume) to residents of affected counties. (3) A business thatemploys residents ofaffected counties as a majority of its employees. (4) A business that makes significant capital investments in the affected counties as defined in rules adopted bythepolitical subdivision. (5) A business that has a substantial positive economic impact on the affected counties as defined by criteria in rules adopted by the political subdivision. An "affected county"refers to St. Joseph County, Indiana, or thefollowing counties located adjacent to St. Joseph County: Elkhart County, Marshall County, Starke County and LaPorte County There are thefollowingpricepreferencesforsuppliespurchasedfrom a locallndiana business: • 5%for a purchase expected by thepurchasing agency lobe less than$50,000 • 3%for a purchase expected by thepurchasing agency to beat least $50,000 but less than $100,000. the Date: Pursuant to I.C. 36-1-12-22, to be at least claims a local Indiana business preference for Project (Project# ) located within the City of South Bend, St. Joseph County, Indiana. ® The location of theprincipal place of business is 1125 7th Street E St. Paul MN 55105 (Address) ❑ St. Joseph County, Indiana ❑ The following county located adjacent to St. Joseph County, Indiana: ❑ The majority of the business's payroll for the 12 months prior to the date of this Bid is to residents of St. Joseph County, Indiana or the adjacent county noted above. ❑ The majority of the business's employees for the 12 months prior to the date of this Bid are residents of St. Joseph County, Indiana, or the adjacent county noted above. If the business is deemed to be the apparent lowest, responsible, responsive bidder, then it shall provide supporting documentation forthe 12 month period prior to the date of the Bid of (i) the total payroll amount paid to all employees of the business, and (ii) the total payroll amount paid to employees who are residents of St. Joseph County and the adjacent county noted above. WHEN SUPPLYING SUPPORTING PAYROLL RECORDS, BIDDER SHALL REDACT ALL SOCIAL SECURITYNUMBERS. Dated this day of ,20 ( PeT evov+6eD) MacQueen Equipment, LLC dba MacQueen Emerpencv Grou Contractor/Bidder (Firm) Signature of Contractor/Bidder or Its Agent _Dave Polkow - Sales Representative sdurx8 Printed Name and Title Ftio u SPECIFICATIONS rVAcx y 7 :r 1865 CITY OF SOUTH BEND BID NAME Spec C — Two (2) More or Less Custom Rear Mount Pumpers FOR BIDS DUE rv%M6ei- TTh. ,2DV0 T30 A.i1 Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers bid(s) to the City of South Bend in accordance with the following attachment(s) which specify the class or item number or description, quantity, unit, unit price. SPEC C — TWO (2) MORE OR LESS CUSTOM REAR MOUNT PUMPERS It is the intent of these specifications to describe a vehicle or piece of equipment for the City of South Bend. The unit shall be bid as a fully equipped complete unit as set out in the attached specifications. No partial or split bids will be accepted. Unit to be bid with and without trade-in if applicable. Vendorto complete bid proposal contained in this bid specification and attach to the submitted bid. These are minimum specifications. Any variation from the specifications must be spelled out on a separate deviation list in order for the bid to be valid. Any items not listed on the deviation sheet will be assumed to be part of the unit. Proprietary products or specific manufacturers may be referenced herein. Such references are only made to demonstrate minimum scope, quality, and style of the equipment desired. Equipment that is bid pursuant to these specifications shall be of equal quality and size, or greater, to those referenced, and are subject to approval by the South Bend Board of Public Works. Vendor shall provide all information requested in specifications to qualify for bid. If information on brochure submitted does not completely cover specifications requested, it shall be typed and attached to brochure. If an alternate is included within these specifications, please be advised that, alternate items placed in the specifications are to determine the best configuration of the item within a budgeted amount and may be included in the award criteria. If the Board elects to award one or more (s), the base bid price and the alternate bid price(s) will be totaled and compared for all bidders offering the final configuration. Award will be made based on the lowest responsible/responsive bid prices submitted for the base bid with selected (s), if applicable. Failure to submit a bid on an alternate may result in the entire bid being non -responsive, depending on the final configuration of the product. Payment will be processed once the unit is inspected and accepted as to meeting the specifications by the Division of Central Services. This will include all manuals and warranty documentation. Bidder must state as accurately as possible an intended delivery date from the date of the bid award. Due to the age of the City's existing fleet, it is imperative that the units be delivered as quickly as possible. Stated delivery lead time may be included as an integral part of our bid selection process. FOB Central Services. The unit and all related paperwork is to be delivered to: Central Services Division 1045 West Sample Street South Bend, Indiana 46619 All Certificates of Origin/Title Work shall list the owner as: The City of South Bend 1045 West Sample Street South Bend, Indiana 46619 The Board will award the bid to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder. If the bid is not awarded to the lowest bidder, the factors used to justify the awards will be stated in writing at the request of any bidder. The Board reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids or portions thereof and to waive any irregularities or informalities. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP The design of the apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its respective field. Special consideration shall be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various units which require periodic maintenance; ease of operation (including both pumping and driving); and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified and to meet both on and off -road requirements and speed conditions as set forth under Performance Tests and Requirements. Welding shall not be employed in the assembly of the apparatus in a manner that shall prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair. All steel welding shall follow Americar Welding Society D 1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society and ANSI D 1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society 132.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Flux core arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Employee,, classified as welders are tested and certified to meet American Welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. The manufacturer shall be required to have an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. DELIVERY YE O kpparatus, to ensure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be lelivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable. A qualified lelivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a ufficient length of time to instruct personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance o 0 equipment delivered. INFORMATION REQUIRED The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance YE /NO manuals covering the completed apparatus as delivered A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten @No (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall showno loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 20 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine. C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS)121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load). FAILURE TO MEET TEST rvv z .Tn In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trial, second trials may be made at the option of the bidder within 30 days of the date of the first trial. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for rejection. Failure to comply with changes to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the bidder of such changes, shall also be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned oroccupied by the purchaser or its use by the purchaser during the above -specified period with the permission of the bidder shall not constitute acceptance. LIABILITY ES O The successful bidder shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of an patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. EXCEPTIONS YES O All exceptions shall be stated no matterhow seemingly minor. Any exceptions not taken shall be assumed by the purchaser to be included in the proposal, regardless of the cost to the bidder. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION I YES O The apparatus shall be designedwith due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weieht balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the ff recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. EXPERIMENTAL AND PROTOTYPE There shall be no prototype or experimental products, or equipment installed anywhere on the apparatus. (No exception) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and forthree (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $5,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. Thepolicy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and forthree (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $25,000,000 Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Bidder's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements arc met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with coverage listed above along with its bid. The certificate shall show the purchaser as certificate holder. ISO COMPLIANCE The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the bid. NFPA STANDARDS This unit shall comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2020, except for fire department specifications that differ from NFPA specifications. These exceptions shall be forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and cert test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fin Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fin department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION The apparatus shall be third -party, independent, audit -certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of the apparatus. (no ex ception) PUMP TEST The pump shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results shall be provided tc the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, the apparatus manufacturer shall draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Qualityfor Fire and Emergency Services Resp ira tory Pro tection. AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE A Customer Service website shall provide authorized customers access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This too shall provide the authorized customer factory support at their fingertips. 12 This website shall also be accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized dealer for additional support and service. BID BOND All bidders shall provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond to, accompany their bid. This bid bond shall be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond shall be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and shall be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid The bid bond shall include language, which assures that the bidder/principal shall give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Proposals received from bidders who do not manufacture the chassis shall provide a warranty that shall be issued jointly and severally by, and signed by, both the bidder and the chassis manufacturer. If the successful bidder does not manufacture the chassis, the bidder shall supply a warranty bond, in addition to theirperformance bond, along with their signed contract. This warranty bond shall guarantee all terms and conditions of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty and names both the bidder and chassis manufacturer as co -principals. This warranty bond shall be issued for the contract amount and shall remain in force for a term which is consistent with the term of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision shall prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND, NOT REQUESTED A performance bond shall not be included. If requested at a later date, one shall be provided to you for an additional cost and the following shall apply: The successful bidder shall furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond shall be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of anv tvne shall not exceed three (3) vears from the date of such satisfactory 13 acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be provided for approval before construction ES O begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The successful Contractor shall be required prior to manufacturing to have a Pre - Construction conference at the bidder's facility with representatives of this agency to finalb all the construction details. The bidder at his/her expense shall provide transportation, lodging and meals, etc. for four (4) people designated by the purchaser. If this meeting is to occur at a location more than 250 miles from the purchaser's location, the transportation shE be commercial air carrier originating from the South Bend International Airport. INSPECTION VISTIS Accompanied by a Dealer Representative, four (4) members of the City of South Bend, Indiana, or its designees will travel to the successful bidder's facility for the purpose of inspecting the vehicle for compliance to the specifications and for the overall quality of the vehicle. Costs shall include air transportation on a major commercial carrier originating from the South Bend International Airport to the nearest airport (if ground transportation exceeds 250 miles), individual rooms, and meals. Trips shall be one (1) post paint or an in progress inspection and one (1) for final inspection. Inspections shall be scheduled to be conducted during weekdays, including travel time. PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS Each bidder is required to list below the approximate dimensions of the apparatus being submitted. . Overall Length: 31 ' — 34' !. Overall Height: 9' 2 " -10'2 "unloaded CHASSIS The chassis must be the heaviest duty offered by the manufacturer. The chassis provided shall be a new, tilt type custom fire apparatus. The chassis shall be designed and manufactured forheavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity forthe intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. Chassis, body, and cab shall be manufactured by the same company. 14 WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle shall be no greater than 198.0 inches. YE O GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating shall be a minimum of 42,000 #. n O FRAME The chassis frame shall be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members YES O or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The frame rails shall be constructed o 120,000 psi yield strength heat -treated steel, with lifetime warranty. The frame shall be painted white with rust inhibiter paint priorto assembly. FRAME REINFORCEMENT YE NOThe frame liner shall be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length o the frame. FRONT NON -DRIVE AXLE The front axle shall have a ground rating of 20,000 lb. maximum The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage shall provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. FRONT SUSPENSION Ground rating of 20,000 lbs. maximum. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES The front tires shall be Michelin XZU 315/80R22.50, 20 ply, rated for 19,840 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10)-stud, 11.25" bolt circle. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be a Meritofr"% Model RS-25-160, with a capacity of 27,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE kzam, v A rear axle ratio shall be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 65 MPH but geared to provide best performance when accelerating at low speeds. REAR SUSPENSION YE/NO Rear suspension shall be a Hendrickson Fire Max air ride with a ground rating of 27,000 lb. The suspension shall have the following features: Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension. I Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings. Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication. 15 •Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability. -Low spring rate air springs for excellent quality. Dual height control valves to maintain level from side to side. OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES YE O Rear tires shall be four (4) Michelin XDS 12R22.516 ply rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle. ES O TIRE BALANCE All tires shall be balanced. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT (9NO There shall be a tire alert pressure management system provided that shall monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor shall be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. HUB COVERS (front) (YE NO Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window shall be provided. HUB COVERS (rear) YES O A pair of stainless -steel high -hat hub covers shall be provided on rear axle hubs. MUD FLAPS (QSNO Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 0qO The vehicle shall be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lockbraking system. TheABS shall provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal shall be sent to the control unit. This control unit then shall reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY ES*o The Wabco ABS system shall come with a three (3) year or 300,000-mile parts and labor warranty provided by Meritor Wabco Vehicle Control Systems. BRAKES ES O The service brake system shall be full air type. The front brakes shall be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor forimproved stopping distance. The brake system shall be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes shall be disc brakes with automatic slack adjusters. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM r DES No ._._--- -_-- 16 The air compressor shall be a Cummins/Wabco with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM YES C The brake system shall include: - Bendix-Westinghouse dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - A heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Two (2) air pressure gauges with red warning light and audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - MGM spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a Bendix-Westinghouse PP-1 control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Bendix-Westinghouse SR-1 valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, shall be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank shall be primed and painted. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (no exception). - Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer with spin -on coalescing filter cartridge BRAKE LINES (YE NO Color -coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. AIR INLET YES 0 One (1) air inlet with male coupling shall be provided. It shall allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse flow o air. The inlet shall discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. ENGINE ES O The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: L9-450 EV Power: 450 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 12501b-ft at 1400 rpm Governed Speed: 2200 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2010 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) 17 Starter: Delco 39MT Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator and water -in -fuel sensor. Secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Spin -on style with shut off valves on the supply and return line. 5-year unlimited mileage warranty. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instr panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ACCELERATOR CONTROL A floor mount accelerator pedal shall be installed on the floor in front of the driver. The pedal shall be positioned for comfort with ample space for fire boots and adequate clearance from the brake pedal control and other obstructions. ENGINE BRAKE An engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The high setting of the brake application shall activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. CLUTCH FAN A Horton fan clutch shall be provided The fan clutch shall be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. ENGINE AIR INTAKE An air intake with an ember separator. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the selective catal� reduction (SCR) device and shall be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and an SCR device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minim the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust shall terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. EXHAUST MODIFICATION The exhaust pipe shall be brought out from under the body at a 90-degree angle from the truck. The tail Ripe shall extend a minimum of 2.00" past the body, adaptable for the 18 ES O Plymovent Magnetic Adaptor System. The diameter of the pipe shall be 5.00". There shall 1: a clearance of4.00" completely around the pipe once past the side of the body. A stop shall be provided on the tail pipe that shall prevent the nozzle from sliding too far on. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceedNFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator assembly shall include an integral deaeration tank, with a readily accessible remote -mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built-in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall b provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose shall be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose clamps shall be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A minimum 50-gallon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. Th tank shall be constructed of 12-gauge, stainless steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, if straps are used, they must be stainless steel. A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the left-hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5-gallon minimum diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and accessible without tilting cab. A .50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. The tank shall meet the engine manufacturer's requirement for 10 percent expansion space it 19 the event of tank freezing. The tank shall include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. FUELSHUTOFF 9wo A fuel line shutoff valve shall be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. TRANSMISSION ES O An Allison model EVS 3000, electronic torque converting automatic transmission shall be provided. The transmission shall be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selectors digital display shall indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings shall be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm shall be installed on the cab dash. Shall include 5-year unlimited mileage warranty. (YE)No TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A five (5)-speed push button shift module shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio shall be 1 st - 3.49 to 1.00, 2nd -1.86 to 1.00, 3 rd -1.41 to 1.00, 4th - ES O 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, R - 5.03 to 1.00. TRANSMISSION COOLER Transmission oil cooling shall be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. ES O DRIVELINE Drivelines shall be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1710 universal joints. The shafts shall be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint shall be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint shall be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. E O STEERING Dual steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, shall be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering shall incorporate an air to oil cooler and a hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines shall have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column shall be provided to improve fit fora broader range of driver configurations. (YE5)NO STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities. YES O 20 WHEEL CHOCKS There shall be one (1) pair of folding, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks with easy - grip handle provided. O WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be one (1) pair of mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the folding wheel YES O chocks. The brackets shall be mounted underdriver side front body compartment. AUTOMATIC CHASSIS LUBRICATION. A Vogel Automatic Lubrication System shall be provided The lubrication shall be supplied while the vehicle ignition switch is active to allow a uniform application of grease to the locations listed. The electronic control unit that forms part of the system shall activate the pump after an adjustable interval time. The unit shall control and monitor pump operation and report any faults via an indicator light on the driver's dashboard of the cab. The lubrication system reservoir, which requires a 15.00" wide x 14.50" high x 6.25" deep mounting area, shall be located pump house areapassenger side on the apparatus. - Complete Steer Axle and Brakes - Steering Miter Box - Cab Hinge Pins - Rear Axle Slack Adjusters - Rear Axle Brake Cam Screws - Rear Suspension Spring Pins - Rear Suspension Shackle Pins - Walking Beam Pins Tandem axle, if applicable BUMPER A one (1) piece, '/4" carbon steel painted bumper with chevron stripes, a minimum of 12.00" high. ES O LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall YES O be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. TOW HOOKS YE O No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck shall be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, shall be furnished between the (YE/No bumper and cab face. The gravel pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. SIGHT RODS YE O Two (2), lighted sight rods shall be mounted to the outside comers of the front bumper extension. The rods shall be polished stainless steel. 21 HOSE TRAY (center) A hose tray shall be placed in the center of the extended bumper. The tray shall have a capacity of 200' of 1.75" double jacket cotton -polyester hose. Black rubber grating shall be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes shall be provided. There shall be a lid made of aluminum treadplate, including a door closing shock absorber and a D-ring latch. CAB The cab shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing. For increased structural integrity and occupant protection, the cab structure shall include, directly forward of the driver andpassenger areas, a .25" firewall plate and .50" lateral support plate that shall tie the forward cornerposts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof shall include a heavy one (I) -piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12", and shall extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward comer posts by customized aluminum castings. The sub -structure shall include a .3 8" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located or the manufacturer's premises (no exception). The cab shall be a full -tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots shall be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The cab shall be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab shall be locked down by a two (2)-point automatic locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three (3)-point cab mount system with rubber isolators shall improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab shall be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab shall have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions shall have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance shall be provided. The floor -to -ceiling height inside the cab shall be no less than 60.25". The crew cab shall measure a minimum of 57.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel shall be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. ENGINE TUNNEL To maximize occupant space, the top edges shall be tapered. The engine tunnel shall be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. Thermal rating for this insulation shall be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation shall keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. Mounting plates shall be provided to mount equipment Plates shall be spaced off mounting surface 1 " to allow for wires. 22 FENDER LINERS Full -circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells shall be provided. Surface to match cab interior. WINDSHIELD A one (1) or two (2) piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,600 square inches of clear viewing area shall be provided The windshield shall be full width and shall provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield shall consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. E O SUNVISORS Two (2) solid sun visors shall be provided The sun visors shall be located above the ES O windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, shall be provided The windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be located at the front of the vehicle. CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab shall be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided, consisting of an electric -powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump shall have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure. The rear of the cab shall be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25 " diameter hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device shall be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set, and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled GRILLE A bright finished grille shall be provided on the front center of the cab and shall serve as an air intake to the radiator. MIRRORS Dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, shall Be mounted on each side of front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex 23 glass shall be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of driver. The flat YES C glass in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable. DOORS The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be the full style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 34" wide x 73" high. The crew cab doors shall measure a minimum of 34" wide x 73" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125". The exterior door skins shall be constructed from .090" aluminum. Each forward cab and crew cab entry door shall contain a roll -down tempered glass window. The interior handles shall provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. There shall be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing &0 and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. The inner cab door panels shall be removable without requiring the disconnection of door and window mechanisms. A panel shall house the window switches and shall mold into the upper sill of the door panel. (ONO CAB DOOR SCUFFPLATES Cab door scuffplates are not required due to stainless steel door panels on cab doors. ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS The front driver and passenger doors shall have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock knob) built into the interior door latch that shall control all front and rear side e ' door locks. Each rear cab door shall have its own lock control. Each door shall have a keyed YE /NO exterior lock mechanism built into the door handle assembly. There shall be one (1) concealed switch on the exterior of the cab that operates the cab door locks. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps shall be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. A slip -resistant handrail shall be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there shall be YE O eight (8) white LED, step lights provided. The lights shall be installed at each cab and crew cab door, two (2) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. E O The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns shall be installed at the cab wheel openings. WINDOWS, REAR The rear wall of the crew cab shall have two (2) windows. uoner rear cab comer ES O 24 CAB INTERIOR With safety as the primary objective, the wrap -around style, Aluminum cab instrument pane: shall be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout shall provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console shall be Aluminum shall be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console shall include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard shall be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash shall include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a three (3) piece, an Aluminum overhead console shall also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels shall be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel shall provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. . For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls and rear wall shall be painted black, vinyl texture paint aluminum. The inner cab door panels shall include grab handles and control panels molded into the upper section of the door panel. The door panels shall be full sized and painted with durable coating to match cab interior. Minimum 10" wide scotchlite reflective chevron with door open indicator light. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab headliner shall be one piece. The headliner panel shall be a composition of a corrugated high -density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs without stripping screws, the headliner shall be held in place by a dual lock fastening system that shall require no tools for installation or removal. Headliner installation requiring removal of mechanical fasteners shall not be acceptable. The cab structure shall include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways shall be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor shall be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways shall be covered by a decorative composite panel. The raceways shall improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses shall be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses shall be held in position by a hook and loop fastening system. The hook and loop system shall allow for bracket fastener points to not puncture harnesses. The raceways shall include removable covers, providing maintenance personnel with quick and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of accessories. Harnesses shall be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery shall be black. All cab interior materials shall meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials). INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted black. 25 CAB FLOOR I The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with black acoustical type floor mat. ES O CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,961 BTUheater-defroster unit with 558 SUM of air flow shall be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit shall be strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto-molded instrument panel. For easy access, a removable roto-molded cover shall be installed over the defroster unit The defroster shall include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the windshield. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and @NO shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit for ten (10) hours, and a two (2) ounce per square inch layer of frostlice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system shall exceed SAE J382 minimum defrosting system performance requirements. CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,700 BTU auxiliary heaters with 270 minimum SUM each unit of air flow shall be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard forward -facing seat riser. The heaters shall include high performance dual scroll blowers one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters shall be located below each rear -facing seat riserand below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum shall be incorporated in the cab structure that shall transferheat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater -defroster and crew cab heaters shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel shall allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position shall also be available. AIR CONDITIONING A high-performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. The air conditioning system shall be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 64 degrees Fahrenheit in the forward section of the cab, and 69 degrees Fahrenheit in the rear section of the cab, at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test shall be run only after the cab has been heat soaked 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours Evaporator drain plumbing shall be constructed of rigid tubing to prevent crimping and poor drainage. A condenser with a BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed to meet our height requirements as well as manufactures requirements. Mountie the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. The evaporator shall include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple m outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall have a BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets shall be strategically located on the evaporator coi the following: Two (2) shall be directed towards the driver's location Two (2) shall be directed towards the officer's location Six (6) shall be directed towards crew cab area The air conditionerrefrigerant shall be R-134A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional dual control for the passengerposition shall also be available. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel shall be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. Vendor to state R values and material to be used. Headliners shall be constructed from a 0.20" high density polyethylene corrugated material. Each headliner shall be wrapped with a 0.25" thick foil faced poly dan4 low emissivity foam insulation barrier for acoustic and thermal control. For ease of installation and removal, all headliners shall be held in place by a dual lock fastening system WINDOW DEFROST FANS A window defrost fan shall be installed on the driver side ceiling of the cab above the engine tunnel, mounted to the reinforced overhead panel. The fan shall be 6.50" diameter with four (4) blades and chrome guard. The fan shall include a two (2) speed motor and a three (3) position Hi -Off -Low toggle switch. The fan shall provide 250 CFM air flow. WINDOW DEFROST FANS A window defrost fan shall be installed on the passenger side ceiling of the cab above the engine tunnel, mounted to the reinforced overhead Roto Molded panel. The fan shall be 6.50" diameter with four (4) blades and chrome guard. The fan shall include a two (2) speed motor and a three (3) position Hi-Off-Lo toggle switch. The fan shall provide 250 CFM air flow. GRAB HANDLE A grab handle shall be mounted on the driver side cab to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. A long rubber grab handle shall be mounted on the dashboard in front of the officer. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT An engine compartment light shall be installed under the engine hood, of which the switch is an integral part. Light shall have a. 125" diameter weep hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention and light shall be LED. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS Access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks without tilting cab. 361 only. The transmission aipsncx,uw . The engine oil dipstick shall allowdditionalotunbe shall be provided fillingdw engine oil. andfilling• (,)latch shall be forboth checking seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( ) The door shall have a rubber provided on the access door* ants in the event of CAB SAFETY SYSTEM design �1to Protect The cab shall be provided with a safety system aside roll or frontal impact, and shall include the following aural cab SRS) sensor shall be in stallpeTeal �e A supplemental restraint sys ern (anel The SRS sensor shall perform in inputs immediately member behind the rostrum p and shall record sensory p diagnostics of all critical subsystems im act event. provide capacity far before and during a side roll or frontal p of the cab to p A slave SRS sensor shall be ng Pinstalled m the ceilingvehicle's instrument panel allowing eight (8) crew cab seatshal provided on th stem, A fault -indicating light shall be p of the SRS system. erational status wheel and shallbe the driver to monitor the op when used in A driver side front air bag shall be mountoed of the occupant, designed to protect the head and 0pml r torsoeat anel below combinationwith the three ( }p shallbemountediofthe �upan , when used in A passenger side knee bolster air bag protect the legs the dash panel and shall be designed to the combination with the three din the ulsterwall. est travel YES O rovided in the outboardbolster of outboard seatbac o ab Air curtains shall be p Win occupant and provide a cushionbet rovided will' devi°es to retract them to the low Suspension seats shall be p impact event• position during a side roll or frontal p e rovided with pre tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt Seatbelts shallb p act event. during a side roll or frontal imp ACT PROTECTION ue impact event. The FRONTAL IMF rovide protection during a frontal or oblique stem shall p redetermined G forceknoa n hest The SRS system via thirdp party sshallhavebe system shall activate when the vehicle decelerates a a ant testing. Testing included all the occupants, The cab and cha and oblique imp en subjec,d air tanks, suspension injury to ant during frontal straps for fuel facility, to a crash imp components such as mounting nents, frame rail cross major chassis and cab comp onents, rear suspensions comp° frame front suspenS1On comp tun house and mounts, mounts, ration specific information used to members, engine and transmission and their v1Oded configii a sensor shall activate the mounts.'rhe testing p stem. Th extensions and body m fir%the safety restraint sy waveform, is detected (n0 optimize the timing when the correct crash algorithm, pyrotechnic devices exception)• compOrients in the event of a frontal or oblique The SRS system shall deploy the following [NO impact event: YE Driver side front air bag - Passenger side knee bolster air bag. in the outboard the lowest trolster of a vel el position c Air curtains mounted hold the occupant in place. Suspension seats shale bensioned to firmly Seat belts shall bep 28 SIDE ROLL PRO'1 EU I IVA The SRS system shall provide protection during a fast or slow 90 -degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system shall analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints. The SRS system shall deploy the following components in the event of a side roll: Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs. Suspension seats shall be retracted to the lowest travel position. QINO Seat belts shall be pre -tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab shall be four (4) DRIVER SEAT seat shall be provided in the cab for the driver. An adjustable high back suspension The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system. Side air curtain shall be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain shall be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowedposition. A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system shall pretension the seat belt, then retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The scat belt tongue shall be stored at waist ton a position qE:S O for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. OFFICER SEAT An adjustable seat shall beprovided in the cab for the passenger. The seat back shall be an SCBA back style with 7.50 degree fixed recline angle and shall include minimum 4.50" wide x 7.50" deep side bolster pads formaximum support. The SCBA cavity shall be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity shall be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re -bolting it in the desired location. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system. Side air curtain shall be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain shall be covered by a decorativepanel when in the stowed position. A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated, this system shall pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3 )-point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, YES easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable convenient) nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt _....... 29 shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the CYES( normal seating position. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of cab between doors. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT Theresa a one rear facing seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optima com ort, the seat shall be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (clastomeric vibration control). The seat back shall be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity shall be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity shall be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and rebolting it in the desired location. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: -Side air curtain shall be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air YES curtain shall be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. - A seat safety system shall be included. When activated, this system shall pretension the seat belt. The seat shall be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FAC NC,PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT 0 There shall be one 1 rear facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal com ort, fi-e seat shall be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back shall be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity shall be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity shall be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and rebolting it in the desired location. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: - Side air curtain shall be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain shall be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. - A seat safety system shall be included. When activated, this system shall pretension the seatbelt. fEl The seat shall be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. REAR FACING OUTBOARD EMS COMPARTMENT Two Rear -facing EMS compartments shall be provided in the crew cab at the outboard position. The compartment sizes shall be determined at prebuild construction. There shall be two (2) adjustable shelves. 30 The compartment interior. COMPAK 1►,T There shallbc7E The lights shallbe RD FAC F4RVVA There Shall be one pin the cre osition Ulster -- — -ch -the cob of smooth aluminum, andpaintedto ESI� artmemts. T ent similar to outsides ✓din the Col' a itch. 1 automat1c d oor gOARDSEp'T er .amide outboard GFg SIDE U provided atthe� langg ever ted with foam gf11p- analummum d covered with back shall have Wd of a piece o m co ,wed with b shed rnshallbecons allhaVeitsbotto .0sition. o bottom cushion s all bott°m sin the "p " paddedup and mnCewhen 2Q11►rotection foam TV ea rated into the side stainless steel, fo incorpo ngfeatureS The seat shall in ovided outboard of �e cr�,vcab seating system: usblonshallbepr s al )reteSion the _ Side wall imp when activated,rsthesevent o f aside roll. position. include holdthem inplacein Aseatsafety tofirmly odeTtypeseatbelt. seatbelt arounV .th a 3-point, sh o exCeption) The seat shall UPII I lack or equal• solid surface material• SEAT l pllseatupho 11 auto clamp style bracket in its nds.Free an automatic spring AIR B0Thall have a bracketshallinclude pushing it into the seat All SCBAven1e1�'t SCBAbottleby s1 f an acc, dent, the inertial nh a cab, in the event ° �e seat and shall exceed lb backrest.to eamthe SC13Xbottle (belts, straps, buckles) that clamp thp el ysithin the cab back-Fohall cons anualrestA o move fre Y co P°n�teno% t designs d atlhlomw the SCBA NFpA socked mole °f which will be mounted in a side could be accep bracketoneduringive (5)SCBA ild. ThereedduringPre-bucomp all havered scatbelts. SEAT B the cab and crew cab shall M The, gBMs shall be capable of All sea WNG SYSTEh seat position with a S shallbeprO�ded the status of eac SEAT system (So moons indin g cati A seat 1p) Scat P moui icator as follows. green Drive led Green Seat31 0 0 I.= No Occupant Unbuckled Not lllu"I'Ll' driver seat shall not include an occupant sensor. The display indication for the driver The brake.- released, and the driver seat belt is not seat shall illuminate red any time he parking buckled. All Other Seats: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No occupant BuckledRed No Occupant UnbuckledNot Illuminated Alarm: sts, and released, or a red illumination condition exi condition exists andSBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination The parking brake is he p the transmission is not in park. HELMET STORAGE requires a location for helmet storagebe NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section shall be pro provided. P provided. Suitable helmet storagea of helmets The fire department shall provide a location for storage CAB DOMELIGHTS ES O shall be two (2) Weldon Model 8080-8000-bove hle ins de shoulder of the driver an There edi shall be mounted a installed in the cab. The lights switch - officer. The forward, clear, light shall be controlled by the door switch and the ens light shall be controlled by the lens switch only The rear, red, CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS 13 LED dome lights with blackbezels 'There shall be two (2) Weldon, Model each controlled by the following: installed in the crew cab and located one () lledb the door switch and the lens switch. The forward, clear light shall be contro he lens switch only. The rear, red light shall be controlled by YE A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches. CAB INSTRUMENTATION telltale indicator lights, u es, anLCD display, panel controls oofc panel. The fiuiction of instrument The cab hstrumentpanel shall consist o ga g alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic s shall not b ' lies shall be identifiedby a label adjacent to Telltale indicator lamps headlight located and switches YES switch shall illuminate the labs The instruments and controls shall be conveniently shall illuminated unless necessary. Gauge and switch p within the forward cab section for ease of service and lowDfthe rd 1ncost of ownership. be designed to be 32 Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM//Weather band stereo radio, with front auxiliary input stalled. There shall be 5.25" speakers installed along with antenna following features shall be included: *Full 7-Channel NOAA Weather band Tunerwith SAME technology. *Built-in Clock *AM/FM *Radio Broadcast Data System Text Display. *Frontpanel USB input. *Front and Rear Auxiliary Audio Input. *Receives audio (A2DP/AVRCP) from Bluetooth enabled device. *Supports Bluetooth HFP to receive phone calls from BT-enabled phones. *Low battery alert(&1t;10.8Vdc). *Heavy Duty design with Conformal Coated Circuit Boards for maximum durability under all conditions. GAUGES The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) black gauges with blackbezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1 /8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Front air pressure gauge (PSI) 33 Low air pressure to activate warning lights and Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) E /NO Low fluid (1 /8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators shall perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps shall be "dead -front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: Low coolant Traction (traction control) (where applicable) Check engine Check trans (check transmission) Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS (where applicable) Wait to start (where applicable) HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) 34 ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps shall be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp shall be provided: High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) shall be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm shall be able to be silenced. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms shall intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp shall act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition shall enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch position shall 35 activate the Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held The following standard controls shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right-hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok to Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok to Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls shall be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A two (2)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch shall beprovided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch po sition shall activate vehicle ignition. A green indicator lamp shall be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position shall activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator shall be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches shall be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar shall indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self -canceling turn signal shall be provided. The windshield wiper contra shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve shall be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. All switches to be illuminated. 36 DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include th following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) Command Zone USB diagnostic port Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. WIPER CONTROL The wiper control shall include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (I) -speed R)I;o intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control shall have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. SPARE CIRCUIT There shall be four (4) pairof wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire shall be connected to ground Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate two in ems cabinet and two between driver and officer center dash area. Termination shall be with 15-amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuits) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided The VDR shall be capable of reading and 37 storing vehicle information. The VDR shall be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR shall not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR shall continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of I Orris. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day INTERCOM SYSTEM — SIG TRONICS The following components shall be supplied with this system: - One (1) Intercom Unit - Four (4) HM-10 Headset Modules to be installed at each seat position. - All necessary wiring and headset charging drops RADIO, CHARGERS AND RADIO INTERFACE CABLE The body builder shall supply and install the required radio interface cable for headsets before delivery of the vehicle. The body builder shall install four (4) customer supplied portable radio chargers and power cables, one near each seat position in the cab. HEADSET HANGERS There shall be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver, officer, crew area on ceiling. The hanger(s) shall meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT An antenna -mounting base, Part #RRA4983A, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap shall be provided for a two (2)-way radio. 38 The mount shall be located on the cab roof just to the rear of the officer seat. The cable shall be routed to the seat box on the officer side with enough cable for customer to route to the instrument panel if needed. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution shall be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers shall be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers shall be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers shall be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays shal be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle shall contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, shall be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices shall be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid shall have a direct current rating of 125 p ercent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics -based control system shall be utilized to achieve advanced operatioi and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network shall consist cy electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system shall comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system shall operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system shall contain software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system shall utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership or equal. For increased reliability and simplified use, the control system modules shall include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self -test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field renrogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating 39 parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid- state control system modules shall meet the following specifications: Module circuit board shall meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller shall activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job -specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections shall be provided with each chassis. The sheets shall indicate the function of each module connectioi point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. BACKUP CAMERA Must have back up camera as well as a passenger side rearward facing camera that activates with the right turn signal. ON -BOARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Advanced on -board diagnostic messages shall be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the electrical power and control system. The diagnostic messages shall be displayed on tb information center located at the driver's position. The on -board information center shall include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows -based, diagnostic software program shall be provided for this control system. The software shall provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. The service and maintenance software shall be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM 40 A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. (Y�E)/NO VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There shall be three (3) studs provided in the primarypower distribution center located in center console for two-way radio equipment. The the following: (@No studs shall consist of 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There shall also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid-state control system shall include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) shall be deactivated when the @No parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system shall meet, at a minimum, SAE J551 /2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system shall meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 1 OKhz-1 GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, shall provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and shall certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 1 OKhz- GNO 1 GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. 41 EMI/RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. DEDICATED MDT MOUNT YE NO There shall be a dedicated mount with slide for a mobile data terminal in front of office seat that shall be pre -wired by the manufacture with customer supplied 9 pin wire. It shall also have a dedicated 12-volt circuit. BATTERY SYSTEM Four (4)12 volt, batteries that include the following features shall be provided: - 950 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 170 reserve capacity (ONO - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 3800 CCAat 0 degrees Fahrenheit YES O - 1020 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded posts BATTERY SYSTEM &NO A single starting system shall be provided An ignition switch and starterbutton shall be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH YES O A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, shall be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver while seated in the driver's seat. An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENT &EO The batteries shall be stored in well -ventilated compartment that is located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartment shall be constructed of stainless -steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of four (4) group 31 batteries. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of batteryjumper studs with plastic color -coded covers shall be installed This shall allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER A 40-amp automatic battery charger with on board compressor shall be provided. PNO The battery charger shall be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger. 42 A Kussmaul remote indicator #091-94-12 shall be included Battery charger shall be located in the crew cab seat riser. The battery charger indicator shall be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE One (1) shoreline receptacle shall be provided to operate the dedicated 120-volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle (s) shall be provided with a NEMA 5-20,120-volt, 20-amp, straigh blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement shall be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. The shoreline shall be connected to battery charger. A mating connector body shall also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle shall be located on the driver side exterior of cab, behind crew cab door. ALTERNATOR A C.E. Niehoff, model C620, alternator shall be provided It shall have a rated output curren of 340 amp as measured by SAE method J56. Also, it shall have a custom three (3)-set point voltage regulator, manufactured by C. E. Niehoff. The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. No exception. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system shall be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid-state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components shall not be allowed The system shall include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load shall remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. 43 High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" shall display on the information center. Hi -Idle shall not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicatorto flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager' screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12-volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid-state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half -second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items shall also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half -second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator(if applicable) 44 EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall comply with Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights shall be rectangular type lights mounted in the front trim housing. Headlights shall consist of two (2) lights mounted in the front trim on each side of the cab grill. The outside light on each side shall contain a HID low and high beam. The inside light on each side shall contain a halogen high beam light only. YE /NO The following LED lighting package shall provide long life lights for a lower cost of ownership: • One (1) Whelen 600 series LED combination directional/marker light. • Three (3) LED identification lamps shall be installed in the center of the cab on the (E)NO trim above the windshield. • Four (4) LED clearance lamp shall be installed, one (1) each side, facing forward and one (1) each side, facing the side on the trim above the windshield. WARNING LIGHTS Light Bars A Federal Signal Navigator 73" will be mounted on the cab roof facing to Zone A. There will be 12 LED light heads mounted in the bar of which four (4) lights will flash in the warning mode and will also be able to be turned on as a scene/take-dawn light. Rear Upper Wareing Two Federal Signal Fire Ray LED warning lights will be mounted at the upper rear of the vehicle. These lights shall be split red on top for warning lights and white on the bottom for scene lighting. Lower Level Warning Four Federal Signal Model Quadra Flare warning lights will be mounted on the front of the cab, one light over each of the headlights Zone A. Two Federal Signal Fire Ray Red LED lights will be mounted on each side of the vehicle. One light mounted on the front bumper and two down the sides of the vehicle not to exceed 25 feet between each light. Two Federal Signal Quadra Flare LED lights will be mounted on the rear lower level of the vehicle facing to Zone C. Two Federal Signal Micro Pulse LED warning light will be at to the rear of the vehicle using Y /NO one chrome bezel for each light. One will be mounted under each rear beacon facing Zone C. Chrome Trim. All lights shall be controlled by lighted switches in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled ifwhite, when the parking ES O brake is set. MARKER LIGHTS There shall be one (1) pair of amber and red, Britax Model 427.200 LED marker lights with rubber arm, located one each side rear body corners. The amber lens shall face the front and 45 the red lens shall face the rear of the truck and be the most rearward marker light. These lights shall be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. BACK-UP ALARM 640 A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus shall be provided in hand copy with the completed unit. One print, one CD. The manual shall contain the following: - Job number - Part numbers with full descriptions - Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting majorsystem, component, or assembly YES O - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order - Instructions on how to locate apart The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components shall be provided with the completed unit. One print, one CD. The manuals shall contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle/Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires YES O - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC- AS BUILT wiring diagram - Air Systems (9NO 46 - Plumbing - Appendix ES O The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION (E)NO Two (2) chassis operation manuals shall be provided One print, one CD. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Fire Research model SPA260-Q20 LED surface mount scene lights on each side of the apparatus. One shall be centered in the front of the truck cab. One shall be at the side near rear top of apparatus. These lights shall be switched in the cab switch panel as well as the pump panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. These drawing shall include AS BUILT diagrams. One print, one CD. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder shall provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which shall include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator raring under the conditions specified per. Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items shall be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). WATER TANK Booster tank shall have a minimum capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated The tank shall be stepped in design to allow for a low hose bed. Tank joints and seams shall be nitrogen welded inside and out. 47 Tank shall be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles shall have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions shall be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and shall extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow forpositive welding. Transverse partitions shall extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions shall interlock and shall be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It shall be recessed .38" and shall be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top shall be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction shall include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart ani welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels shall be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep shall be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump shall include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank shall be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers shall be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers shall be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank shall "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, shall be placed on all horizontal surfaces that th a tank rest on. Stops or other provision shall be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system shall be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene and shall be a minimum of 8.00" wide 3 14.00" long. Fill tower shall be furnishedwith a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, shall be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. This pipe shall NOT be plumbed to discharge water on top of the fuel tank. Two (2) sleeves shall be provided in the water tank for plumbing to the rear. WATER TANK RESTRAINT A heavy-duty water tank restraint shall be provided. DIRECT TANK FILL There shall be one (1) - 2.50" gated external tank fill(s) installed and properly labeled on the rear of apparatus. 48 deflector to break up the stream of water entering the water tank. A 2.50" full flow ball valve with 2.50" piping and a 2.50" (F)NST chrome swivel shall be located at the inlet. A 2.50" chrome plated 30-degree elbow and plug with VLH automatic pressure relieving thread technology shall be provided for the tank fill. HOSE BED The hose body shall be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 3 8,000-psi tensile strengtY The hose bed shall be as low as practical. Hose body width shall be a minimum of 68.00" inside. Upper and rear edges of side panels shall have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish shall not be acceptable. The upper inside area of the beavertails shall be covered with polished stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. Flooring of the hose bed shall be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats shall be a minimum of .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. The hose bed floor shall be 66 inches from the ground when the truck is fully loaded. Hose bed shall accommodate 1000' of 5" LDH, 200' of 1.75"dj, 300' of 2.00" dj, 600' 2.50".dj. Four (4) adjustable hose bed dividers shall be furnished for separating hose. Each divider shall be constructed of a. 125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge. Partition shall be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider shall be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts shall be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. Hose bed shall have two (2) preconnects in rear. HOSE BED HOSE RESTRAINT A red hose bed cover shall be furnished with hook and loop with shock cord fasteners at the front on the sides. The flap at the rear shall be weighted with lead shot. RUNNING BOARDS The running boards shall be fabricated of aluminum grating, with a serrated top edge, �A supported by structural steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails. Running boards shall be a minimum 12.75" deep and are spaced away from the body .50". A riser shall be installed on the body to protect the painted surface from damage by stepping on the running boards. The entire outer edge of the stepping surface shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. 49 TAILBOARD The entire tailboard shall be constructed of grating with the scalloped top, supported by a structural steel assembly. SSW The side and rear edges shall have an aluminum diamond plate trim piece installed. The rear tailboard shall be 18.00" deep. Entire rear surface between the beavertails shall be covered with smooth aluminum. &NO Inside surface of each beavertail in the hose bed area shall be covered with polished stainles, steel to protect the paint finish. The remaining inside surface of the beavertails shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall shall be smooth alum inum. The rear facing surfaces of the bulkheads, the surface to the rearof the side body compartments, shall be smooth and the same material as the body. TOW EYE Eyes two rear, two eyes under the body attached to the frame. Tow eye shall be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments shall be fabricated of 3/16", 6061 aluminum extrusions or 1/8" bent and formed. Side compartments shall be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening shall be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" andbending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection shall be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers shall have the comers welded. Side compartment covers shall be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment walls shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment shall have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. All roll up doors shall have a gutter with drain to protect contents from water. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load shall be provided. The backbone of the support system shall be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The entire support system shall be stainless steel. The support system shall include steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails. Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles shall be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body. A steel frame shall be mounted on the top of these supports to create a substructure which shall result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. The substructure shall be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators shall reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. Isolators shall have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a failsafe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion shall n be acceptable. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS Louvers shall part of compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis shall be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, stress coating and strain gauging shall be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure. Body shall be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure shall include: - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. - Making a 90-degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle at 3 5 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. 51 Evidence of actual testing techniques shall be made available upon request. COMPARTMENTATION, DRIVER'S SIDE Sizes are estimated to show scope. Actual sizes to be determined at prebuild meeting actual size shall maximum all available space. A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of th( rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 30.00" wide x 66.00" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep it the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartmentfloor to the bottom.edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall by calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be maximized Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily beaccomplished with one hand A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 61.00" wide x 36.00" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment shall be measured -from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be maximized. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand A full height, xolL-.updoor compartmentbehind the rear wheelsshallbe_provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 47.50" wide x 66.00" high x 26.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are requiredbetween the upper and lower sections. The clear doorupening of this compartment shall be maximized Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand There shall be SCBA bottle storage in front of wheel well. COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE Sizes are estimated to show scope. Actual sizes to be determined at prebuild meeting actual size shall maximum all available space. A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 30.00" wide x 66.00" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment -floor to the bottom, edge of thed-oor roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be maximized Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished -with one hand.-_y.._ Ufa A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 61.00" wide x 36.00" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment doorclosed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be maximized Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 3 0.00" wide x 47.00" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 28.75" wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A horizontally hinged pan door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 61.00" wide x 20.00" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed The clear door opening of this compartment shall be maximized. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels shall be provided. The YES interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 48.00" wide x 47.00" high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment shall be 25.88" deep x 47.50" wide x 26.00" high directly behind the rear wheels. The height of the compartment shall be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear dooropening of this compartment shall be maximized. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. There shall be SCBA bottle storage in front of wheel well. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There shall be eight (8) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, manufactured by R.O.M. brand roll -up doors. Door(s) shall be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment p hang-up. The slats shall be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain shall be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats shall be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap -lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weathertight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal whit 53 will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors shall be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, topes gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non -marring materials. Yl Bottom panel flange of roll -up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A stainless -steel lift bar to be provided for opening the door and located at the bottom of YE)/NO each door with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A ledge to be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. The lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless -steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajarsignals. All injection molded roll -up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each roll -up door shall have a 3.00-inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. A garage door style shall not acceptable. YES O The header for the roll -up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. )OOR GUARD There shall be five (5) compartment doors that shall include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard shall be fabricated from stainless steel or aluminum and installed on all ONO seven body compartment doors. MOUNTING TRACKS There shall be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in one in each body compartment. These tracks shall be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and shall be full height of the compartment. The tracks shall be painted to match the ES O compartment interior. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There shall be four (4) shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction shall consist of. 188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf shall be painted to ES O match the compartment interior. Each shelf shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves shall be held in place by stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location shall be determined at preconstruction. PULL-OUT TRAY There shall be three (3) slide -out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds �40 provided. Capacity rating shall be in the extended position. Slides shall be ball bearing type for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for it shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 54 'ARTMENT Turtle tile. IUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rail. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows in the event of damage. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting shall be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The handrails shall be l .25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to provide a positive gripping surface. Handrails to be lighted. Chrome plated end stanchions shall support the handrail. Plastic gaskets shall be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes shall be provided in thebottom of all vertically mounted handrails. - One (1) vertical handrail shall be provided on the driver's side body, on the bulkhead door frame. - One (1) vertical handrail, not less than 29.00" long, shall be located on each rear - One (1) full width horizontal handrail shall be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. - Three (3) handrails shall be mounted one each side at walkway entrance with offset stanchions and one on the driver side top body flange. LADDER There shall be a 24, two (2) section, aluminum, Duo -Safety, Series 900-A extension ladder provided LADDER There shall be a 14' aluminum, Duo -Safety, Series 775-DR roof ladder provided The ladder shall have hooks on both ends. LADDERRACK Shall be electric/hydraulic Lift ladder rack mounted above office side compartments. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10'aluminum, Series 585-A Duo -Safety folding ladder shall be stored on the ladder rack. POLE 8 FT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted to 55 the ladder rack. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide mount the pike pole. 'IKE POLE 6 IT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 6 ft pike pole or plaster hook mounted to the ladder rack. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide mount the pike pole. An Eberhard step or equal shall be provided on the driver's side front bulkhead. The step shall be a bright finished folding type. REAR FOLDING STEPS Bright finished, non-skid folding steps shall be provided at the rear. Each step shall incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. Pump shall be a Waterous 5100/C20,1500 gpm single (1) stage rear mounted centrifugal type. No exceptions. Pump shall be the class "A" type. Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi netpump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump body shall be close -grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings). Pump shall be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping. Pump case halves shall be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges shall be used. Discharge manifold of the pump shall be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and shall provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings forflexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency. The three (3) 3.50" openings shall be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold. Impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It shall be supported at each end by sealed, anti -friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller shall have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings 56 and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings shall be used. Pump shall be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal shall consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotate: with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring shall press against a highly polished stainless -steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring shall be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance shall not deteriorate, nor shall the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings shall be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. PUMP TRANSMISSION Pump transmission shall be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing. Power transfer to pump shall be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. Drive shafts shall be a minimum of 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel. All shafts shall be ball bearing supported. The case shall be designed as to eliminate the need for water cooling. kIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement shall be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. Two (2) indicator lights shall be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) 9NO green light shall indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged" The second green light shall indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light shall be labeled "OK to pump". Another green indicator light shall be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump is engaged, and the road transmission is in pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This indicator light shall be YES O labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on". Che pump shift control in the cab shall be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. Also :onsistent with the requirements in NFPA 1901, To help prevent the accidental increase of th hrottle while still in the ROAD position there shall be three different safety interlocks before he pump panel throttle can be increased The three safety interlocks are confirmation of the apparatus parking brake activated, confirmation of a completed pump shift and confirmation )f 4th gear lockup pump mode of the apparatus transmission. CRANSMISSION LOCK -UP The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation shall engage automatically YE O when the pump shift control, in the cab, is activated. kUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. Heat exchanger shall be cylindrical type and shall be a separate unit. It shall be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger shall be plumbed to the master drain valve. NTAKE RELIEF VALVE 57 An Akron Brass relief valve shall be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 150 psig. Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet shall terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and shall have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control shall be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 3RESSURE CONTROLLER A Fire Research Corporation Pressure Governor shall be provided An electric pressure governor shall be provided which is capable of automatically maintaining a desired preset discharge pressure in the water pump. When operating in the pressure control mode, the system shall automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow, within the discharl capacities of the water pump and water supply. A pressure transducer shall be installed in the water discharge of the pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The governor can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. In the RPM mode, the governor can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the governor shall maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities). In the pressure mode, the governor system can only operate after the fire pump has been engaged and the vehicle parking brake has been set. When in the pressure mode, the pressu controller monitors the pump pressure and varies engine speed to maintain a precise pump pressure. The pressure controller shall use a quicker reacting J1939 database for engine control. (excluding Cat engines) A preset feature allows a predetermined pressure or rpm to be set. A pump cavitation protection feature is also provided which shall return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination ofpump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds. The throttle shall be a Vernier style control, with a large control knob for use with a gloved hand. A throttle ready light shall be provided adjacent to the throttle control. A large .75" RPM display shall be provided to be visible at a glance. Check engine and stop engine indicator lights shall be provided for easy viewing. Large .75" push buttons shall be provided for menu, mode, preset, and silence selections. The water tank level indicator shall be incorporated in the pressure governor. A fuel level indicator shall be incorporated in thepressure controller. A pump hour meter shall be incorporated in the pressure controller. The pressure controller shall incorporate monitoring for engine temperature, oil pressure, fuel level alarm, and voltage. Pump monitoring shall include, pump gearcase temperature, error codes, diagnostic data, pump service reminders, and time stamped data logging, to allow for fast accurate trouble shooting. It shall also notify the driver/engineer of any 2roblems with the engine and the apparatus. Complete understandable messages shall be 58 provided in a 20-character display, providing for fewer abbreviations in the messages. An automatic dim feature shall be included for night operations. The pressure controller shall include a USB port for easy software upgrades, which can be downloaded through a USB memory stick, eliminating the need for a laptop for software installations. A complete interactive manual shall be provided with the pressure controller. :SP PRINUNG PUMP Priming pump shall be a positive displacement vane type, electrically driven, and conforming to standards outlined in NFPA pamphlet # 1901. One (1) priming control shall open the priming valve and start the priming moto r. Primer shall be environmentally safe and self-lubricating. &O 'UMP NIANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer shall be famished in compact disc format with the apparatus. Manuals shall cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, shall be plumbed with eitherstainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high -tensile polyesterbraid Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines shall be stainless steel, brass or hose. DE No Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, thepiping shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies shall be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All lines shall drain through a master drain valve or shall be equipped with individual drain &O valves. All individual drain lines for discharges shall be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines shall be of flexible polypropylene tubing. YE /NO MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on the front and rear of the vehicle. The suction inlets shall include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets shall have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. YE O The cap shall incorporate thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. MAIN PUMP INLET VALVES [be 6.00" pump manifold inlets shall be electrically actuated from the pump panel. The O ,alves shall include a pressure reliefvalves to guard against incoming pressure surges. These ;ontrols shall be momentary to allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. Indicator ights shall be provided to show if the valve is open or closed >HORT SUCTION TUBE YESF0 The suction tubes on the midship pump shall have "short" suction tubes to allow for installation of adapters without excessive overhang. W ALVES All ball valves shall be Akron Brass. Seats shall be self-adjusting forminimum operating torque and maximum abrasion resistance. The Akron valves shall have an automatic locking feature to hold the ball in any throttle position at any operating pressure. The valve body design shall allow any actuator to be mounted to the body. INLET (Rear) On the rear panel shall be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome s and plug. Inlet valve location shall be behind the pump panel. NLET CONTROL ED40 Gating shall be accomplished at each inlet by means of a control lever, similar to that used for the discharges. TANK TO PUMP YE 1NO The booster tank shall be connected to the intake side of the pump with 3.00" heavy-duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" Elkhart valve. The control shall be remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line shall run straight, without elbows, from the pump into the front face of the watertank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling shall be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve shall be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of�&O back filling the water tank. ANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re -circulation line shall be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. OUTLET (Rear left upper) There shall be one (1) discharge outlet 2.50" valve on the left, rear side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. OUTLET (Rear right upper) There shall be one (1) discharge outlet 2.50" valve on the right, rear side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. )ISCHARGE OUTLET, 3.00" There shall be a 3.00" discharge outlet with a 3.00" Akron valve installed on the rear of the apparatus, terminating with male a .00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet shall be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator shall be provided to show when the valve is in the closedposition. E OUTLET (Front) A 2.50" gated discharge outlet shall be piped to the driver's side of the front bumper extension, with a swivel and a 2 %" to 1 %2" NPSH. Plumbing shall consist of 2.50" piping and flexible hose according to the design requirements of the chassis. A fabricated weldment made of black iron pipe shall be used in the plumbing were appropriate. A 2.00" full flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator' panel shall be used in the outlet plumbing. Automatic drains shall be provided at all low AS O points of thepiping. OUTLETS (Rear) There shall be two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the apparatus, installed so p clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing shall consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. )ISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains shall be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleedervalve shall be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drainvalv4 are preferred with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders sha be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They shall be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed beloi the chassis frame rails. REAR RIGHT OUTLET The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the rear panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50"(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50"(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, degree elbow. The elbow shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. REAR LEFT OUTLET The 2.50" discharge outlet, located on the rear panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50"(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50"(K National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, degree elbow. elbow shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve storedpressure in the disconnected. M, 4.00" OUTLET The 4.00" outlet shall be furnished with a 4.00"(F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap. There shall be three (3) adapters with 1.50" FNST X IPT threads on 1.5" outlets. These adapters shall be installed on both cross lay discharges and the front bumper discharge, all adapters to be chrome plated. There shall be six (6) adapters with 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNPSH Chrome and cap. These adapters shall be installed on all 2.50" discharges. )ISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharae outlets shall incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at 61 the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control shall be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. UGE RISER 3.00" deluge riser shall be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be punted and used effectively. Piping shall be installed securely so no movement develops ten the line is charged. The riser shall be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. W WATER LEVEL ALARM audible alarm shall be included that shall sound when the water level drops below one ith of a tank. CODING ch discharge valve control, outlet, and corresponding gauge shall be color -coded. The lor-coding shall be: 1 Discharge — To be determined in pre -build 2 Discharge — To be determined in pre -build 3 Discharge (Where applicable) — To be determined in pre -build 4 Discharge (Where applicable) - To be determined in pre -build 5 Discharge (Where applicable) - To be determined in pre build YES O 1 Speedlay Pre -Connect -To be determined in pre -build 2 Speedlay Pre -Connect - To be determined in pre -build ront Bumper Line - To be determined in pre -build arge Diameter Discharge — To be determined in pre -build eft Hose Bed Pre -Connect - To be determined in pre -build ight Hose Bed Pre -Connect - To be determined in pre -build eft Rear Discharge - To be determined in pre -build ES O ight Rear Discharge — To be determined in pre -build leck Gun — To be determined in pre -build filets — To be determined in pre -build ank fill - To be determined in pre -build ank to Pump — To be determined in pre -build ELESCOPIC PIPING The deluge riser piping shall include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG 18 Extend -A -Gun extension. This extension shall be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation. A position sensor shall be provided on the telescopic piping that shall activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. A task force tips model monitor shall be properly installed on the deluge riser. This monitor shall include both a fixed base and a portable base with a 5.00" Storz inlet. The monitor shall be painted to match the body. m NOZZLE Task force tip Model XFC-52 quad stacked deluge tips shall be provided with a stream shaper. Tip sizes shall be 1.375", 1.50", 1.75" and2.0" The deluge riser shall have male National Pipe Threads for mounting the monitor. WEEDLAYS Ahead of the pump enclosure shall be two (2)1.75" speedlay hose beds. Each bed shall have a 2.00" preconnected line with a 2.00" quarter-tum ball valve and terminate with a 1.50" NPSH thread 90-degree swivel. The swivel shall be located at the top of the speedlay compartment to allow easy removal of the hose in either direction. Individual controls for the speedlays shall be at the pump operator's panel. Each compartment shall be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose with the one (1) compartment located above or next to the other. Y HOSE RESTRAINT There shall be black vinyl end flaps provided across each end of two (2) speedlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The vinyl end flaps shall be permanently attached at the top of I kEDS No the speedlay opening. There shall be Lift -a -dot fasteners located at the opposite end of the permanently attached vinyl. A nylon strap with snap shall be provided to hold the flap in the open position for reloading of hose. COMPARTMENT The pump compartment shall be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It shall be a fabricated assembly of tubing, angles and channels which support both the fire pump and the side running boards. Compartment shall be mounted on chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four -point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels must be removable from the chassis as a single assembly. MOUNTING Pump shall be mounted to a substructure which shall be mounted to the chassis frame rail. The mounting shall allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the pump. CONTROL PANEL (Rear Mount) ip controls shall be placed in the left most rear sliding door compartment. The upper .e shall contain the pump master gauges, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, foam controls (if applicable). The lower plane is to contain all the line pressure gauges and valve control rods. The line pressure gauge shall be mounted directly below the corresponding discharge control handle and recessed within the same chrome plated casting for quick identification. All outlet and inlet controls shall be the lever type with direct linkage utilizing bell cranks and universal swivels to the valve itself. The control levers shall be made of a .62" (minimum) stainless steel rod. The eauee and valve control bezels shall be removable from the face of the oumn panel for M. ease of maintenance. TION TAGS Identification tags for the discharge controls shall be recessed within the same bezel. The discharge identification tags shall be color coded, with each discharge having its own uni color. All remaining identification tags shall be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. The side pump panels shall be easily removable for ease of maintenance. Polished stainless steel trim collars to be installed around all inlets and outlets. PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration shall be arranged and installed in an organized manner that shall provide user-friendly operation. AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels shall be constructed of non -glare surface covered aluminum, to allow easy identification of the gauges and controls and to eliminate glare. A polished aluminum trim molding shall be provided around each panel. The driver's, passenger and rear side pump panels shall be removable and fastened with type fasteners. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators shall be incorporated with the pressure controller. HORN BUTTON An air horn control button shall be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This shall be properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. UGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges shall be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. There shall be four (4) pressure gauges 2 for cross lay and 2 to be determined at prebuild. The gauges shall be a minimum of4.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges shall be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They shall have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non -corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They shall be marked with a label. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 64 PO PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges shall be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1. They shall be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges shall have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electric water level gauge shall be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They shall be at 1 /8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs shall be a bright type that is readable in sunlight and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing. To further alert the pump operator, the gauge shall have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25% and shall have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The water level gauge shall also incorporate an audible alarm. The level measurement shall be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell. SIGHT SHIELDS Illumination shall be provided by LED lights at each pump control panel for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. External illumination shall be a minimum of five (5) foot-candles on the face of the device. Internal illumination shall be a minimum of four (4) foot -lamberts. Lights shall be installed under a stainless -steel shield. A light shall come on above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. A green pump engaged indicator shall come on at the operator's panel when the pump is in OK to Pump mode. The remaining lights to be actuated from a switch located on the pump panel. TIGHT SHIELD There shall be a polished,l6-gauge stainless steel light shield shall be installed over the pump operators' panel. There shall be three (3)18.00" LED lights installed under the stainless -steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights shall be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights shall be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. One (1) pump panel light shall come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. The 65 to be actuated from a switch located on the pump panel. There shall be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control pane: There shall be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel whet the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. kDDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELDS Two (2) additional polished, 16-gauge stainless steel light shields shall be provided above both pump panels. There shall be three (3) white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. The lights shall be operated from a switch on the pump panel. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION To ensure rugged dependability, all 12 volt wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications: SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE J1292 - Automobile, truck, truck -tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on -highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol SAE J2030 -Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 -Electrical terminals -Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses shall be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes shall not be allowed. Wiring shall be run in loom or conduit where exposed and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Wire colors shall be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall no be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harries, conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive lockin and environmental!j sealed to withstand elements such 66 as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All wire ends not placed into connectors shall be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap shall not be allowed. 2. All holes made in the roof shall be caulkers with silicon (no exception). Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 3. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 4. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. 5. Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non -waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non -waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. 6. Any lights containing non -waterproof sockets in a weather -exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 7. All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. 8. Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. 9. Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield. 1 O.Cab and crew cab harnessing shall not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels shall be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab shall allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring. 11.All braided wire harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 12.All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab shall be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab. 3ATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installedby the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements: SAE J 1127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 -Nonmetallic loom SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck -tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 67 I . All battery cables and battery harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 2. Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. 3. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. 4. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color. 5. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus shall be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding shall not be allowed. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. ;TEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED, step lights shall be provided. One (1) step light shall be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot- candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. These step lights shall be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. TEAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting shall consist of the following: Two (2) Whelen Model M6BTT red LED stop/taillights. Two (2) Whelen Model M6T amber LED arrowturn lights. Each light shall be installed in a housing and include colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors shall be provided. A license plate bracket shall be mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. An LED step lamp shall illuminate the license plate. 3ACKUP LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tailligl housing. REAR ID/MARKERDOT LIGHTING There shall be one (1) three (3) LED light kit used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following; - As close as practical to the vertical Centerline. - Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. - Red in color. - All at the same height. There shall be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance ES O lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: - To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. - One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. YES O - As near the top as practical. - Red in color. - To be visible from the rear. There shall be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as close to the rear as YES O practical per the following: - To indicate the overall length of the vehicle. - One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. - As near the top as practical. YES O - Red in color. - To be visible from the side. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. IGHTING BEZEL There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four(4) place chromed ABS housings provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. IGHT, INTERMEDIATE There shall be one (1) pair, of amber, LED, turn signal, marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. A stainless -steel trim shall be included with this installation. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. O NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages shall be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever they Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages shall designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). 69 The following messages shall be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) YE NO Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed YES O Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) YE NO Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed YES O Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall be displayed as a cautio message after the parking brake is disengaged. OMPARTMENT LIGHTING There shall be eight (8) compartments with LED compartment light strips. The strips shall full height along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights YE O shall be located all seven body compartments. Opening the compartment door shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. UMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT A pump compartment LED light shall be provided inside the rear pump enclosure and YES O accessible through a door on the pump panel. A .125" weep hole shall be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There shall be one (1) LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights YES O shall be activated automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by the same means as the body perimeter lights. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY 70 There shall be a total of six (6) LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided on the apparatus. The lights shall be mounted in the following locations: two (2) lights shall be provided under the rear step area, and two (2) lights shall be provided each side under the pump panel running boards. The lights shall be activated by parking brake control and switch in cab. These lights shall meet NFPA requirements for perimeter scene lights. HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns shall beprovided and located, in the front bumper, recessed inside frame. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing A pressure protection valve shall be installed in -line to prevent the loss of air, in the air braki system. HORN CONTROL Two (2) lanyard rope pull controls shall be provided, one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer. :LECTRONIC SIREN A "Whelen, model 295 SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. Electronic siren head shall be recessed in the cab above the engine tunnel on the driver side. Siren shall be actuated by the siren control head. There shall be one (1) speaker, Federal Signal DynaMax, Model ES100 with chrome finish provided. Connection shall be connected to the siren amplifier. YES O MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxiliary) A Federal Q213 siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated The mechanical siren shall be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren shall be supported by the bumper framework. The mechanical siren shall be actuated by a foot switch on the officers side and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. (2) go lights shall be on the left and right -side upper cab. These lights will be hard v a panel switch in the cab that can be accessed from either the officer or driver's seat. ,DLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights shall flash alternately between the left and right side, with a control switch located on the cab instrument panel. The flashing shall automatically cancel when the headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. DIRECTING LIGHT 71. There shall be one (1) Code 3 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLDI control head shall be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode shall be activated with the control head only. This traffic directing light shall be recessed with a smooth aluminum trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The trim plate shall match the chevron striping on the rear of the truck. The traffic directing light controller shall be located within the cab. :OOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment shall be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit WPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2 and 5.8.3 shall beprovided by the fire department. All loose equipment shall be installed on the apparatus by the Fire Department before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. - 800 ft (60 m) of 2'/2' (65 mm) or larger fire hose. - 400 ft (120 m) of 1 %z" (38 mm), I W (45 mm), or 2" (52 mm) fire hose. - One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. - Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. - One (1) playpipe with shutoff and 1 " (25 mm), 1 1 /8" (29 mm), and 1'/<" (32 mm) tips. - One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-CircuitSelf-Contained Breathing Apparatus forFire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. - One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened t the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). - One (1) first aid kit. - Four (4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in bracket(s) fastened to the apparatus. - Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. - Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). - One (1) double female 2Y2' (65 mm) adapterwith National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. - One (1) double male 2'/2 " (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. - One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket fastened 72 to the apparatus. - Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 in x 4.3 m). - One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSUISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two at the shoulders, two at the sides, and one at the front. - Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2" (51 mm) belom the 6" (152 mm) band. - Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. - One automatic external defibrillator (AED). - If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, shall be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. - If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side shall be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3 in. (75 mm) shall include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. - If the apparatus does not have a 2V2' National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2'V2" NH female to a pump intake shall be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. - If the supply hose carried has other than 2V2' National Hose (NH) threads, adapters shall be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2 %2" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2Y2" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. )OFT SUCTION HOSE, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.7.2 requires a minimum of 20 ft of suction hose or 15 ft of supply hose. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide suction or supply hose. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.3 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80 B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured The fire department shall provide and mount the extinguisher. WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured The fire department shall provide 73 and mount the extinguisher. AXE, FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide and mount the axe. AXE, PICKHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) pick head axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide and mount the axe. PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure shall consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body shal be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that shall not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface shall be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams shall be sealed before painting. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The metal surfaces shall be properly cleaned using a high pressure and high temperature cleaning system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra -pure water final rinse shall be applied to all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. 3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer/surfacer shall be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. 4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat shall be lightly sanded to an ultra -smooth finish. 5. Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat shall be applied over the sanded primer. 6. Topcoat Paint -Urethane base coat shall be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7. Clear coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane shall be applied. Lap style doors shall be clear coated to match the body. Roll -up doors shall not be clear coated, and the standard roll -up door warranty shall apply. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. shall be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly shall be finish painted before assembly. The cab shall be two-tone, with the upper section painted #10 white along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #50 red. 'AINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor shall meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning paint 74 operations. Pollution control shall include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls shall include the following conditions: - Topcoats and primers shall be chrome and lead free. - Metal treatment chemicals shall be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process shall be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. - Particulate emission collection from sanding operations shall have a 99.99% efficiency factor. - Particulate emissions from painting operations shall be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it shall have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Waterwash systems shall be 99.97% efficient. - Water from water wash booths shall be reused. Solids shall be removed mechanicalli on a continual basis to keep the water clean. - Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as fue in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process - thereby extracting energy from a waste material. - Empty metal paint containers shall be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the metal. - Solvents used in cleanup operations shall be collected, recycled on -site, or sent off - site for distillation and returned for reuse. Residue from the distillation operation shall be used as fuel in off -site cement kilns. Additionally, the finished apparatus shall not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor shall, upon demand, present evidence that his manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. AINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly shall be painted white color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted white, are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. ARTIVIENT LINING There shall be eight (8) interior body compartment(s) that shall be lined with "Line-V or equal spray on polyurethane/polyurea material all seven body compartments. Color to be grey. STRIPES Three (3) reflective stripes shall be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band shall consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. STRIPING, REAR There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear -facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, shall be covered. The colors shall be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. 75 Each stripe shall be 6.00" in width. This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE STRIPE A Black outline shall be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There shall be one (1) set of outline stripes required. STRIPE, CABDOORS A white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe shall meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. STRIPE There shall be a genuine gold leaf stripeprovided on each side of the body, over the fender. FACE STRIPE There shall be a genuine gold leaf stripe across the face of the cab. STRIPE There shall be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over the fender. BETTERING 1&0 The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. There shall be reflective lettering white, 3.00" high, with highlight and shade provided. shall be 11 letters provided There shall be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with highlight and shade provided. There shall be eight (8) letters provided. LETTERING, REFLECTIVE, "DIAL 911" A pair of 10.00" high white, reflective decal "Dial 911 " shall be installed at inset on body compartment doors right rear and left rear. LETTERING There shall be white reflective lettering 10.00" high up to fifteen (15) total designating unit numbers front, back, roof, and sides. INSTALLATION There shall be one (1) pair of decals furnished by the fire department and applied by the apparatus manufacturer. PROOFING/UNDERCOATING The rust proofing material shall be a transparent coating of an organic based corrosion inhibitor for long-term protection against corrosion. 76 The rust proofing material utilized shall be formulated to resist corrosion. Coating texture shall be waxy andpliabie after drying so it shall not chip, crack, or peel off during normal vehicle operations. Minimum dry film thickness shall be in the range of 3.00 to 4.00 mils. The material shall be applied to the following areas: Interior of the cab doors. The underside of the apparatus shall be undercoated with an asphalt petroleum -based YE O material, dark in color. The undercoating material utilized on the apparatus shall be formulated to resist corrosion and deaden unwanted sound or road noise. YE O Coating texture shall appear firm, flexible, and resistant to abrasion. Minimum dry film YES O thickness shall be in the range of 8.00 to 12.00 mils. The material shall be applied to the following areas: Body and cab wheel well fender liners, on the back side only. Underside of body and cab sheet metal, and structural components. Underside and vertical sides of all sheet metal compartmentation, including support angles. Structural support members under running boards, rear platforms, battery boxes, walkways, etc. Inside surfaces of the pump heat enclosure, (when installed). ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. Warranty to start when put in service by the City of South Bend. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. (no exception). ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. LIFETIME STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The chassis frame and crossmembers shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame and crossmembers as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). 77 FRONT AND REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritofm Axle 2-year limited warranty shall be provided. YES O TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built by the manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. ONO A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). FEN (10) YEAR PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab and body. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would O ��r arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The electronic modules and display(s) shall be provided with a five (5) year material and PE NO workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover electronic modules to be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). rRANSMISSION WARRANTY 9NO The transmission shall have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by Allison Transmission and not the apparatus builder. LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The UPF poly water tank shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). YES O JFETIME STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship yES O that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). LOLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY yES O A ROM roll -up door limited warranty shall be provided. The roll -up door shall be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty shall be provided on painted roll up doors. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. WARRANTY 78 A Waterous five (5) year warranty shall be provided forthe pump. 'UMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The stainless -steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the constructic of the water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or 100,000 miles. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of delivery. A copy of the warranty shall be submitted with the bid. (no exception) CHREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the go Id leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). ►'EHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid. :NGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid 'OWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid. �AB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The certification shall state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events shall be documented with photographs, real-time and high- speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a state -licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing shall meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE RegulationNo.29. - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi -Static Loading Heavy Trucks. - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. - Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lbs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. - Additional Roof Crush The same cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times. 79 - Side Impact The same cab shall be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft-lbs. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab shall see in a rollover yES O incident. - Frontal Impact The same cab shall withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lbs of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. - Additional Frontal Impact The same cab shall withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lbs of force using a moving CyYES0 barrier, (twice the force required by SAE J2420). The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There shall be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance &0 shall lead to immediate rejection of bid. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder shall certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's ol YES O force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder shall certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. _"AB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J3 81 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria :7AB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in -transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 75 F from a cold soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J3 81. The bidder shall certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 7AB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system shall cool the cab from a heat -soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 67 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder shall .0 certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. QUANTITY Two (2) more or less with the option to purchase additional units at awarded price within 12 months of the date the bid is awarded. DRAWING There shall be a CAD drawing rendered with bid packet. It shall include zone B, C, D with an overview of cab and body. 90UTH . BID/PROPOSALie CITY OF SOUTH BEND''''.,p BID NAME Spec C — Two (2) More or Less Custom Rear Mount FOR BIDS DUE . 'rwi-mBHf " ,26;1(1 Description Year/Make/Model Unit Price EfAr fylout3f PymV IQ I Nrc Et3FQrce1Z $615,ODO EA Estimated number of days for delivery from award t I date. `I PA50) of U,jX► ork Bidder (Firm): W iL- PO LV ow mA c Q Ueep ENlerc,QNC� 81 Address: City/State/Zip: Telephone Number: BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS Gary A. Gilot, President David P. Relos, Member James Mueller, Member Fax Number: By (Signature) (Printed Name) (Title) Elizabeth A. Maradik, Member Therese J. Dorau, Member Attest: Linda M. Martin, Clerk 82 ,. 50U Ta 6 CITY OF SOUTH BEND3m��"�,' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. BID FORMS AND EXECUTION A. Bidders are expected to examine the Drawings, Specifications, Proposal and all Instructions. Failure to do so will be at the Bidder's risk. B. Each Bidder shall fumish all information required by the Notice, Instructions to Bidders and Specifications. Bids must be made on the form provided. The Bidder shall sign the Proposal and Non -Collusion Affidavit, which is a part of the provided form, where indicated, provide a notary signature and provide all other information required. C. The Bidder shall sign the Proposal in the following manner: If the Proposal is made by an individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership or joint venture, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership or Joint venture must be shown. If made by a corporation, the Proposal must be signed by an officer of the corporation or by a representative duly authorized by the corporation to execute the Proposal in its behalf. 2. SEALED BIDS ONLY A. Bids, Proposals, Guaranty, and other required documents must be submitted in a sealed envelope marked on the outside with the general classification of material bids, i.e. "Bid for Computer Equipment," "Bid for Front End Loader," or "Bid for Office Supplies." B. When samples are required, such samples shall be delivered or shipped at the bidder's expense to the address specified in the Invitation to Bid. Samples must be shipped separately from bid documents and labeled clearly with the Bidder's name, address and the commodity orequipment classifications and documents, the item (and item number, if any), and Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable). All samples must be representative of the commodities orequipment which will be supplied by the successful Bidder. All samples will become the property of the City of South Bend and none will be returned, unless otherwise stated in the Specifications. C. In the event of an inconsistency between provisions of the contract documents, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order: 1 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE A. Bid Form attached Proposal B. Amendments to Specifications C. Specifications D. Special Provision E. Instructions to Bidders F. Notice to Bidders 4. DEMERY OF BIDS A. Bids must be delivered to the Office of the Board of Public Works, 13th Floor, County -City Building, Room 1316, 227 West Jefferson Boulevard, South Bend, Indiana 46601 (574) 235- 9251, by the time specified (local time) in the Notice to Bidders. if not delivered personally, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be mailed to the following address: City of South Bend Clerk of the Board of Public Works 1316 County -City Building 227 West Jefferson Boulevard South Bend, Indiana 46601 B. The Post Office Department will be considered agent of the Bidder in delivering the bid. The City will not be responsible fordeliveries. Any Bids received after the time specified will be returned unopened. X C. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the time and place designated in the Notice to Bidders. Bidders, their authorized agents, and the public are invited to be present. D. Bidders may bid on one (1) or more item, provided however, that the bid submitted foreach is delivered in a separate, sealed envelope, with the envelope clearly labeled on the outside as to the specific item forwhich the bid is being submitted. Bidders may submit separate bid bonds for each item being bid upon OR may submit one (1) bid bond equal to 10% of the combined total of all bids submitted. E. The Board may reject any bid that does not conform to these requirements as non- responsive. S. ADDENDA— NO VERBAL INTERPRETATIONS A. No inquiries by Bidders relative to interpretation of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, or other Bidding Documents will be answered verbally. If any prospective Bidder is unable or unwilling to comply with one or more requirements of the bidding document, such Bidder should so inform the Board of Public Works in writing. Upon receipt of such information, consideration will be given to the advisability of issuing an Addendum which would thereupon become applicable to all Bidders. Any such inquiry must be submitted at least seven (7) days prior to the bid opening date in order to give the Board sufficient time to consider any necessary Addendum. All answers to such inquiries, in the form of Addenda, will be furnished to all prospective Bidders who have reg istered with the City. All Bidders are required to acknowledge receipt of any Addenda by inserting the Addendum number and the issuing date on executed Proposals. 6, REJECTION OF PROPOSALS CONTAINING ALTERATION. ERASURES. INCOMPLETE BIDS AND ETC. A. Proposals shall be rejected if they show any alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternate bids (except when and insofaras are invited), incomplete bids, erasures or irregularities of any kinds. B. All blank spaces forbid prices must be filled in, in ink, with the unit price and total price for each item (This does not apply to divisible bids). In case of incorrect totaling of amounts and where the unit price and the extension thereof do not agree, the unit price foreach item shall govern, and the City is authorized to correct all erroneous extension and totals for the purpose of comparing bids. 7. TRADE DISCOUNTS A. Trade discounts shall not be shown separately, but shall be incorporated in the Bidder's unit price, unless otherwise specified. . VEHICLE BIDS A. Bidders may bid on one (1) ormore vehicles, provided however, that the bid submitted for each vehicle is delivered in a separate, sealed envelope, by vehicle, with the envelope clearly labeled on Bidders may bid on one (1) or more vehicles, provided however, that the bid submitted for each vehicle is delivered in a separate, sealed envelope, by vehicle, with the envelope clearly labeled on the outside as to the specific vehicle forwhich the bid is being submitted. Bidders may submit separate bid bonds for each vehicle being bid upon OR may submit one (1) bid bond equal to 10% of the combined total of all vehicle bids submitted. B. The Board may reject any bid that does not conform to these requirements as non- responsive. 9. TAX EXEMPTIONS A. The City of South Bend is exempt from the payment of federal excise and transportation taxes levied under the provision of the Internal Revenue Code. It is also exempt from the Indiana State Gross Retail Tax (sales tax). The City will furnish the successful Bidder with any certificate of exemption required. M WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS A. Withdrawal of bids will be allowed only in those cases in which a written request to withdraw a bid is received by the Board of Public Works priorto the date and hour for receiving and opening bids. In such cases, the same will be returned to Bidder unopened. 84 11. ESCALATOR OR CONTINGENT CLAUSES A. The use of escalator clauses or other contingent clauses by the Bidder is prohibited, unless requested or permitted by the Invitation to Bid. No Proposal shall contain nor be accompanied by any writing purporting to limit or qualify the City's right to accept such Proposal or purporting to alter such Proposal or any Contract which may be executed pursuant thereto. 12. PRICES MUST BE DELIVERED PRICES A. The bid price shall be a delivered price. All materials shall be shipped F.O.B. destination as specified in the Invitation to Bid. No fuel surcharges accepted. 13. AWARD —WAIVER OF TECHNICALITIES A. The Award of Bid, if any award be made, will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after the opening of Proposals to the lowest respons ible and responsive Bidder who's Proposal complies with all the requirements prescribed, exclusive of technicalities waived. Until the final award of the Bid, however, the right is reserved by the City to reject any and all Proposals and to waive technical errors. 14. SPLITTING OF AWARDS/DIVISIBLE BIDS A. Bids will be awarded on the basis of the total dollar amount for all items in the Proposal unless the bid is described by the City as a Divisible Bid. The City may award a Divisible Bid to the lowest responsible and responsive Bidderforeach item or class of items as indicated in the bid documents. 15. BIDDER QUALIFICATION A. The City may require any Bidder to submit evidence of qualifications, and may considerany evidence of the financial, technical, and other qualifications and abilities of the Bidder. The City will not award a Contract to a Bidder who, in its opinion, is not fully qualified on the basis of financial resources and responsibility, possession of adequate equipment, personnel, experience, and past record of performance to perform the obligations to be undertaken competently and without delay. 16. PURCHASE ORDERS A. A Purchase Omer will be issued to the successful Bidder after formal acceptance of the bid is made by the City. 17. NEW MANUFACTURE A. Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation to Bid, the items offered shall all be new and the latest model of manufacture. Is. SOURCE OF SUPPLY A. If the Bidder is not a manufacturer, the source of supply must be shown and all sub- contractors must be identified. 19, PACKAGING A. All items shall be delivered strongly packed and marked according to accepted commercial practice unless otherwise directed in the Specifications. No charge shall be made for containers and the City shall have no obligation to return containers unless otherwise provided by the Specifications or Special Provisions. Any items not received in good condition will be rejected. 20. INSPECTION OF GOODS A. The City of South Bend reserves the right to inspect and have any goods tested after delivery for compliance with the specifications. Notice of latent defects, which would make the item unfit for the purposes for which they are required, may be given at any time within one year af ter d iscovery of the defects. B. All items rejected must be removed immediately by the Contractor at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor fails or refuses to remove the rejected items, they may be sold by the City of South Bend. 85 C. In some cases, at the discretion of the City, inspection of the commodities or equipment will be made at the factory, plant, or other establishment where they are produced before shipment. D. The above provision shall not be construed in limitations of any rights the City may have under any laws including the Uniform Commercial Code. 21. ASSIGNMENTS A. No person to whom a Contract has been awarded may assign his interest in the Contract without the consent, in writing, of the City. 22. CANCELLATION A. The City of South Bend reserves the right to cancel any Contract forfailure or refusal of performance, fraud, deceit, misrepresentation, collusion, conspiracy, orany other misconduct on the part of the Contractor. 23. DEDUCTION OF DAMAGES A. If the City cancels the contract forany cause, it shall deduct from whatever is owed the Contractor on the Contract or any other Contract, any amount sufficient to compensate the City for any damages suffered by it because of the Contractor's wrongdoing. 24. METHOD OF INVOICING FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall bill the City of South Bend 1. On regular invoice form giving a complete and detailed description of the goods delivered, including purchase order number. 2. If the Contractor allows a discount, the period of time in which the City must make payment to qualify forthe discounts shall be computed from the date the City received the invoice (completely filled out), orthe date the goods are delivered and accepted, whichever may be later, and shall not be less than twenty (20) days. 3. If more than one shipment is made under the Contract and on the same purchase order, the City will make partial payments on a basis that is agreeable to both parties. 25. OWNERSHIP OF GOODS A. The goods which are the subject of the Contract shall remain property of the Contractor until delivered to and accepted by the City of South Bend. 26. ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. If the quantity set forth in the Notice to Bidders and Proposal is approximate and represents the estimated requirements of the City fora specified period of time, the unit price and the extended total price thereof shall be used only as a basis for the evaluation of bids. The actual quantities necessary may be more or less than the estimate, but the City shall neither be obligated nor limited to any specific amount. The City will, if at all possible, restrict increases to twenty percent (20%) of the estimated quantity and will, if at all possible, restrict decreases to twenty percent (20%) of the estimated quantity. 27. TERM "OR EQUAL" A. Where the term "OR EQUAL" is used in these Specifications, the Bidderdeviating from specified item shall file with his/her bid a letter fully explaining and justifying his/her proposed article or equal. The City of South Bend shall be the sole judge in determining if the "OR EQUAL" offered meets the Specifications. 28. INDEMNIFICATION CLAUSE A. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City of South Bend, its agents, officers, and employees from all costs, losses, claims and suits, including court costs, attorney fees, and other expenses, arising from or out of the negligent performance of this Contract by the Bidderor because or arising out of any defect in the goods, materials or equipment supplied by the Bidder. NOTE: Incoming mail does not reach the Board of Public Works until after 9:30 a.m. If you are sending your bid via Federal Express or another overnight source, please 86 confirm that your package will arrive before the bid opening time and date. 87 BOARD OF PUBLIC WORKS AGENDA ITEM REVIEW REQUEST FORM Date July 29, 2020 Department Central Name Jeff Hudak Services BPW Date August 11 2020 Phone Extension Review and Approval Required Prior to Submittal to Board Diversity Compliance and Inclusion Officer ❑ Officer Name BPW Attorney ® Attorney Name Dept. Attorney ❑ Attorney Name Purchasing Check the Appropriate Item Type — Required for All Submissions ❑ Professional Services Agreement ❑ Contract ❑ Proposal ❑ Open Market Contract ❑ Amendment/Addendum ❑ Special Purchase, QPA ❑ Bid Opening ❑ Bid Award ® Req. to Advertise ❑ Title Sheet ❑ Quote Opening ❑ Quote Award ❑ Reject Bids/Quotes ❑ Proposal Opening ❑ C/O & PCA No. ❑ PCA ❑ Chg. Order, No. ❑ Traffic Control ❑ Resolution ❑ Other: ❑ Ease./Encroach uired Information Company or Vendor Name New Vendor ❑ Yes❑ If Yes, Approved by Purchasing ❑ No MBE/WBE Contractor ❑ WBE Completed E-Verify Form Attached ❑ Nos Project Name Spec C-Two (2) More or Less Custom Rear Mount Pumper Project Number Funding Source Fire Department Lease Account No. 287-09-090-098-445000 Amount $1,000,000.00 Terms of Contract Purpose/Description Amount of ❑ Increase $ ❑ Decrease ($ BOARD OF PUBLICWORKS Previous Amount $ q.,cit�c Increase' Current Percent of Change: Decrease "al,Presiden+ CJ A Oil Thee c J. Doran, Mcmber New Amount $ Increase�� Total Percent of Change: Decrease Lhzabeih AMaradik, Member Jardan V. Gathers, Member Time Extension Amount: ArITST: New Completion Date: QmisC" an„ Joseph R. Molnar, Member Linda M. Martin, Clcrk MACOUEEN EMERGENCY September 8, 2020 City of South Bend Two (2) Custom Pierce Rear Mount Pumpers Deviations/Clarifications 4312 Perry 13W (800) 382-9788 Page 14 Inspection Visit Specifications call for airfare for travel to factory over 250 miles. We are at about 300 miles from South Bend to Appleton, WI. Pricing for airfare included in our pricing, however, if we drive to the factory please figure a credit of $2500. Page 15 Rear Suspension The Hendrickson Fire Max Air Ride is N/A. Due to this unit Oging a rear mount, all of the plumbing connections need to be where the rear suspension is, there is not enough room for the air bags and additional torque rods with having the plumbing in this location. Standens spring will need to be used. Page 30 Forward Facing Seat Passenger Side Outboard We included the high back seat as this was a repeat in the spec. The seats in our proposal are forward facing outboard positions and the EMS cabinets are rear facing outboard positions. Page 49 Running Boards Because this is a rear mount pumper, we do not offer running boards. We recommend going with a slide -out platform that can be located below the body. We have included Pierce option #458. Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided under body. The capacity rating will be 500 Ibs in the extended position. Automatic locks will be -provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. There will be a TecNiq, Model T10-1-000-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area. Page 54 Roll -up Door Side Compartments R.O.M. We provided Amdoor as they have the cut outs for the lift bar for easier access with a glove hand which was requested in the specifications. Page 59 Short Suction Tubes A rear mount pump does not have suction tubes. Pierce will make the intake manifold and make it as short as possible. Page 81: Option to purchase additional units within 12 months of the date bid is awarded. In order to provide the best possible bid price for 2 units at a very competitive price, we are able to hold this pricing until February 28, 2021. At that time Pierce MFG has communicated that a price increase will go into effect on February 1 st, 2021. ry PC..ORr4 LIKL NO of«s a� FACTORY AUTHORIZED DEALER ILLINOIS - INDIANA I III Proposal Option List 9/6/2020 Customer: South Bend Fire Department Bid Number: 1159 Representative Polkow, Dave Job Number: Organization: MacQueen Emergency Group Number of Units: 2 Requirements Manager: Bid Date: 09/04/2020 Description: South Bend Rear Mount Pumper Stock Number: Body: Pumper, Rear Mount, Stainless Steel Price Level: 39 (Current: 39) Chassis: Enforcer Chassis Lane: Line Option Type Option Description City 1 0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper 1 Fire Department/Customer - South Bend Fire Department Operating/In conjunction W-Service Center - Operating Miles -150 Miles Number of Fire Dept/Municipalities - 10 Bidder/Sales Organization - MacQueen Emergency Delivery - Delivery representative Dealership/Sales Organization, Service - MacQueen Emergency 2 0661794 Single Source Compliance 3 0600020 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin, Specialty 4 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 5 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 6 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions 7 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 8 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 9 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper/Tanker, U.L. 10 0000114 Inspection Trip(s) Qty, - 02 Fill in Blank - trips shall be (1) post paint or an in progress inspection and (1) final inspection for (4) department personnel 11 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 12 0529326 Bid Bond, 10%, Pierce Built Chassis 13 0540326 Performance Bond, Not Requested 14 0000007 Approval Drawing 15 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 16 0649754 Enforcer Chassis 17 0000110 Wheelbase Wheelbase -194.0 18 0000070 GVW Rating GVW rating - 43,500 19 0649713 Frame Rails, 10.25" x 3.50" x .375", Saber FR/Enf 20 0648354 Frame Liner, Internal "C", 9.38" x 3.13" x .25", Saber FR/Enf, 26" Qval 21 0637911 Axle, Front, Dana, D-2000F, 20,000 lb Saber FR/Enforcer 22 0637913 Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper Leaf, 20,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer 23 0000321 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle, Monroe Magnum 65, Saber/Enforcer 24 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 25 0664491 Tires, Front, Michelin, XZU S2, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply 26 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot 27 0530459 Axle, Rear,-Meritor RS25-160, 27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer 28 0544260 Top Speed of Vehicle, 65 MPH 29 0565380 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring, 27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer 30 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 31 0532538 Tires, Rear. Michelin, XDS, 12R22.50, 16 ply, Single 32 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single 33 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 34 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap, Single Axle Qty, Tire Pressure Ind - 6 35 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle 36 0057936 Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome 37 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce Logo 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 1 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 38 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding 1 Qty, Pair - 01 39 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC44-E, Folding, Horizontal Qty, Pair - 01 Location, Wheel Chocks - Left Side Rear Compt 40 0010670 ASS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 41 0690932 Brakes, Bendix, ADB22X, 17" Disc, Front 42 0000730 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 7.00" 43 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM 44 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4;272 Cubic Inch Minimum Capacity, Saber FR/Enforcer 45 0644228 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, Saber FR/Enforcer 46 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 47 0000854 Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling Location, Air Coupling(s) - a) DS Step Well, Forward Qty, Air Coupling (s) -1 4B 0736437 Engine, Cummins 1-9, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Saber FR/Enforcer 49 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 50 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine Switch, Engine Brake - e) ISC/ISM/ISL9/ISX Hi Med Lo 51 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber FR/Enforcer 52 0611129 Accelerator Pedal, Automotive Style, Floor Mounted, IPOS, Saber FR/Enf 53 0640477 Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber FR/Enforcer 54 0794761 Exhaust System, 4", 2017 L9 Engine, Horizontal, Right Side 55 0644333 Exhaust, Modified and Flush with Body Side Rub Rail 56 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer 57 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber 58 0697882 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill, Stainless Steel Finish, Fuel Tank - Unpainted 59 0001129 Lines, Fuel 60 0595087 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle Door, Material & Finish, DEF Tank - Polished Stainless 61 0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump 62 0552607 Shutoff Valves (2), Fuel Line @ Filter 63 0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd. 64 0690880 No Selection Required From This Category 65 0642572 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, ImpNel/DCF/SFR/Enf 66 0625329 Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push Button, 3000 EVS 67 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 68 0001370 Driveline, Spicer 1710 69 0637248 Steering, Dual Gear, TRW TAS-65, w/tilt, Pump w/ Cooler, Saber FR/Enforcer 70 0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer 71 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash Text, Row (1) One - South Bend Text, Row (2) Two - Fire Text, Row (3) Three - Department 72 0010789 Lube System, Vogel, 32 Point Location - passenger side 73 0736707 SP Bumper, 22" Extended Steel Painted, 12" High, ENF 74 0637801 Tray, Hose, Center, 22" Bumper, Outside Air Homs, 16" Deep, 13" Below/3" Above Grating, Bumper extension - Grating, Rubber Capacity, Bumper Tray - 23) 200' of 1.75" 75 0630813 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1) D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray Stay arm, Tray Cover - c)Pneumatic Stay Arm, Dual 76 0778092 SP Lift & Tow Package, Enf 77 0002270 Tow Hooks, Chrome 78 0002268 Rods, Sight on Bumper, Bores, Model 848-211 79 0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010 80 0647919 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Saber FR/Enforcer 81 0633594 Rear-WaUrinWrior, Adjustable Seating .. .. 82 0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer Material, Exterior Rear Wall - Aluminum Treadplate 83 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 2 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 84 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Dash CF/Enforcer 1 85 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs, 4-Door Cab 1 Material Trim/Scuffplate - c) S/S, Polished 86 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, AXT/Dash CF/Saber/Enforcer 1 87 0087357 Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab 1 88 0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex 1 89 0648172 Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer 4-Door Cab, Raised Roof 1 Key Model, Cab Doors - 751 90 0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab 1 91 0528958 Not Required, Controls, Electric Window, AXT, Quantum, Saber, Enforcer, Dash CF 1 92 0528251 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors, QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF 1 93 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Step Well Material - Aluminum Treadplate 94 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-Door Cab 1 95 0622259 SP Lights, Cab and Crew Cab Access Steps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 21-ts Per Step 81ts 1 96 0002141 Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber/Enforcer 1 97 0627907 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, w/EMS Cabinet, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 98 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 1 99 0779036 Windows, Rear CC, (2) 14.75" x 7.25", Saber FR/Enforcer 1 100 0658283 Tray, Slideout, S/S, w/Sides, Locking, MDT Bracket, Officer 1 101 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber FR/Enforcer, CARE 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - Endure Vinyl - Black Engine Tunnel Cover - Painted Cab Interior Rear Wall Material - Painted Aluminum 102 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber FR/Enforcer 1 Color, Cab Interior Paint - b) black 103 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew Cab, Saber/Enforcer 104 0741237 HVAC, Saber/Enforcer, CARE HVAC System, Filter Access - Removable Panel Auxiliary Cab Heater - Both HVAC System, Control Loc. - Panel Position #12 105 0002120 Fan, Window Defrost, Driver's Side, One (1) 106 0032085 Fans, Window Defrost, Two (2), Location Feature Location -1 driver side ceiling and 1 passenger side ceiling 107 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT, Dash CF, ImpNel, Saber FR/Enforcer Sun Visor Retention - No Retention 108 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer 109 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Win 3SCOCDCR, 3" LED, Trim Qty, - 01 110 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT 111 0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 112 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats 113 0636955 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, High Back, Safety, Saber FR/Enforcer 114 0636942 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Fixed, SCBA, Safety, Saber FR/Enforcer 115 0620420 Radio Compartment, Below Non -Air Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer 116 0771206 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 34 H x 26.75 D, Roll, SFR/Enf Light, Short Cabinet - Pierce, Interior, Left Side Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (2) Shelves, Adjustable, 1.25" Up -Turned Lip Door, Cab Interior Cabinet - Rollup, ROM Series IV, White, Non -Locking Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers 117 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 118 0767387 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 34 H x 26.75 D, Roll, SFR/Enf Light, Short Cabinet - Pierce, Interior, Right Side Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (2) Shelves, Adjustable, 1.25" Up -Turned Lip Door, Cab Interior Cabinet - Rollup, ROM Series IV, White, Non -Locking Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers 119 0623854 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS Outboard, Pierce PSV, Hi -Back, Safety, SFR/Enf 120 0103319 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center 121 0623844 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outboard, Pierce PSV, Hi -Back, Safety, SFR/Enf 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 3 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 122 0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout Tuff 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - c) Black 123 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands -Free II, Cab Seats City, - 05 124 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor, ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer Seat Belt Color - Red 125 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 126 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts Color, Dome Lt - Red & White Color, Dome Lt Bzl - Black Control, Dome Lt White - Door Switches and Lens Switch Control, Dome Lt Color - Lens Switch 127 0650359 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**, Halogen, 2 Lts Location - left and right side upper cab Color, GoLt - White Bracket, Spotlight - No Bracket 128 0650030 Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired Dash Mount, 2 Lts 129 0649967 Location, Spotlight Controller, Driver and Officer, 2 Lts 130 0602637 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification 131 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX Emergency Switching - Individual Switches 132 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, ImpNel, AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX 133 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus Alarm, Do Not Move Truck - Pulsing Alarm 134 0509042 Messages, Open Door/Do Not Move Truck, MUX w/Color Display 135 0622798 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX, Enforcer 136 0644179 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer 137 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd Qty, - 01 12vdc power from - Battery direct Wire termination -15 amp power point plug Location - officer dash for MDT 138 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC list Qty, - 04 12vdc power from - Battery direct Wire termination - Butt Splice Location, Spare Wiring - Officer Dash 139 0643196 Radio, AM/FM/CD/WB, Jensen, Front Aux In / USB / Bluetooth Speakers, AM/FM Radio - One (1) pair of speakers, Cab Antenna, AM/FM Radio - b) Side -mounted antenna on PS Location, AM/FM Radio - a) within reach of the driver 140 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX System Of Measurement - US Customary 141 0734857 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert (R2V), HA5 Subscription, HAAS R2V - R2V - 5 Year Data Plan Subscription 142 0606249 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ and Overhead Display Seat Belt Monitor 143 0677696 Intercom, Sigtronics US45S, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, D,O,2C Location, Intercom, C Cab - 2) 2 forward facing seats 144 0006288 Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface, Sigtronics, 1 Radio Radio, First Two -Way Model - HM-10 Radio, First Two -Way Make - Bendix King 145 0681408 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each Qty, - 04 Location, Headset Hangers - Driver Seat, Officer Seat, DS Outbrd, Fwrd Fcng Seat and PS Outbrd, Fwrd Fcng Seat 146 0559156 Install Customer Provided Two -Way Radio(s) Location - tbd Qty, - 02 147 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Cable Routed to Instrument Panel Area Qty, - 02 Location, Antenna Mount - Right Side 148 0653526 Camera, Pierce, Driver Mux, Rear Camera Only Camera System Audio - Not Provided 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 4 Line Option Type Option Description city 149 0615112 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi 1 150 0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX 1 151 0079166 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 1 152 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis 1 153 0002698 Battery Compartment, Saber/Enforcer 1 154 0531315 Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DSL-75, 75 Amp, Kussmaul 091-94-12 Ind, Qtm/Enf/SFR 1 155 0012782 Location, Charger, Front Left Side Body Compartment 1 Location, Battery Chrgr/Cmpr - High On Left Wall 156 0530949 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Seat Riser 1 157 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super 1 Qty, - 01 Color, Kussmaul Cover - b) red Shoreline Connection - Battery Charger 158 0026800 Shoreline Location Location, Shoreline(s) - DS Cab Side 159 0658019 Alternator, 360 amp, Niehoff C531/C537 160 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX Enable/Disable Hi -Idle - e)High Idle enable 161 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel Color, Headlight Bez - Chrome Bezel 162 0773193 Light, Directional, Win C6T* LED Arrow, Below Headlights, Saber/Enf Color, Lens, LED's - Match 163 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 21ts 164 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer 165 0647899 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf 166 0088869 Lights,'Ctearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 26250R LED 71-ts 167 0564683 Lights, Tail, Win M6BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir Arw For Hsg Color, Lens - Colored 168 0561477' Lights, Backup, Win M6BUW, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 169 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED 170 0556842 Bezels, Win, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce, For mtg (4) Win M6 lights 171 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 172 0564535 Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm, Model 1_427.203112 LED, Red/Amb, Qty/Loc Location, Lights - one each side rear body corners of truck Qty, Lights (pair) - 1 173 0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HWO20 LED 4Dr 174 0615850 Not Required, Lights Perimeter Pump House 175 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HWO20 LED 21ts, Rear Step Control, Perimeter Lts - Parking Brake Applied 176 0556337 Lights, Step, P25 LED at Rear Tailboard, 21ts Perm Lts 177 0629192 Light, FRC, 12V SPA260-Q20* LED MAX, Surface Mount 1st Location, Lights - (1) centered in the front of the cab (1) side near top of of apparaturs Qty, - 02 Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - a) DS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - f) Pump Operator's Panel Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4 - d) No Control Color, FRC/Rom Lt Housing - FRC, White Bezel 178 0689891 Lights, Deck, Win (2) PFBP12C LED Rear Flood Lights Switch, Scene Lt Cntrl - h)switch at rear 179 0645676 Lights, Not Required, Hose Bed, Deck Lights At Rear 180 0645681 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Deck Lights At Rear 181 0709438 Light, Walking Surf, FRP Flood, LED 182 0053953 Pumper, Rear Mount, Stainless Steel 183 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20" 184 0062594 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Rear Mount Pumper 185 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly 186 0028107 Not Required, Foam Cell Modification 187 0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty, Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export 188 0023414 Tank Fill, Direct, Rear, 2.50" Qty, - 1 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 5 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 188 Location, driver's/passenger's/center - Left Adapter, Elbow - 2.5"NST 45 deg 189 0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist 1 190 0126634 Hose Bed, Stainless Steel, Pumper 1 191 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special 1 Capacity, Hosebed -1000' of 5" 200' of 1.75" 300' of 2.00" 600' of 2.50" 192 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted 4 Qty, Hosebed Dividers - 4 193 0010133 Cross -Divider, Hose Bed 194 0741299 SP Hose Restraint, HB, Vinyl Top & 2" Heavy Nylon Web Rear, w/Seat Belts & Tether Color, Vinyl Cover - a) red Type of fastener - jacket snap - Sides of Hosebed Nylon Web Color - Red Type of fastener, Rear - 2" side release - bottom of hosebed Type of fastener, Front - jacket snaps - Front Hosebed Color, Strap - Red 195 0058824 Not Required, Running Boards (Rear Mount Pumper) 196 0666553 Tailboard, 18" Deep, Full Width 197 0690029 Wall, Rear, Body Material, PUC, PUC Tanker, PRIM, HDRP 198 0058823 Tow Eyes, (2) Painted, Direct to Frame, Rear Mount Pumper 199 0062727 Construction, Compt, S/S, Pumper, Rear Mount Pump, S/S Sub Frame 200 0057868 LS 181" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 42" Rr, Rear Mount Pump 201 0057869 RS 181" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 42" Rr, Rear Mount Pump 202 0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side Compartments Qty, Door Accessory - 08 Color, Roll -up Door - AMDOR Satin Aluminum Latch, Roll -up Door - Non -Locking Liftbar 203 0046260 No Rear Compartment, Rear Mount Pumper 204 0046263 No Rear Door, Rear Mount Pumper 205 0592591 Guard, Drip Pan, Roll -up Door, Mounted Special Height, PUC Std Dpth or 2nd Gen Qty, Door Accessory - 05 Location, Door Accessory - tbd 206 0782219 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Single Light Strip, NFPA 2016 Minimum Qty, - 08 Location, Compartment Lights - All Body Compts 207 0061262 No Hatch Compt(s) Required, Rear Mount Pumper 208 0687145 Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd Generation 209 0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Predefined Locations Qty, Shelf - 04 Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Spatter Gray Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined —Location To Be Determined 210 0709689 Tray, 500 lb Slide -out, 2" Sides - Adj. Height, Predefined Locations Qty, Tray (slide -out) - 03 Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined -.Location To Be Determined Material Finish, Tray - Painted - Spatter Gray 211 0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving only Location - compartments tbd Qty, Shelf - 07 Color - 1) black 212 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt Floors Location - all compartment floors Qty, Comp. Accessory - 07 Color -1) black Color, Tile Edge - black 213 0063064 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body, 3rd Gen Body 214 0515441 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, W/Removable Fender Liner, Pumper, 3rd Gen Material Finish, Fender Liner - Brushed Stainless 215 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 216 0022041 No Handrails Req'd @ Side Pump Panel, No Pump Module 217 0005261 No Handrail Required, Beavertail 1 1 4 7 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 6 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 218 0000941 No Rear Hose Bed Handrail Required 1 219 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo -Safety 900A 2-Section 1 220 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo -Safety 775A Roof 1 221 0002773 Rack, Ladders, Hydraulic, Right Side 1 222 0756375 Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Truck-Lite 15**** 1 Color, Light - Amber Flashing Color, Lens, LED's - Colored Trim, T-L 15 - Chrome 223 0014245 Ladder, 10' Duo -Safety Folding 585A, w/Mounting 1 Location, Folding Ladder- Hyd Ladder Rack, Right Side 224 0602877 Pike Pole, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo -Safety 10' Pike Pole 226 0602875 Pike Pole, 6', Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 Pike Pole Make/Model - Duo -Safety 6' Pike Pole 226 0024388 No Steps Required, Front Of Body 1 227 0000458 Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity, Alum 4-Way 2 Location, Additional Step - tbd under body Qty, Slideout Step - 2 Light, Long Step - TecNiq T10-LC00-1 LED 228 0041314 Pump, Waterous, S100D, 1500 GPM, Single Stage, Rear Mount 1 229 0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous 1 230 0770996 Trans, Pump, Waterous TC20, Chain, Rear Mount Pumper, Custom Chassis 1 231 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only 1 232 0605122 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Override, Interlocked, Waterous, Rear Mount 1 233 0003148 Transmission Lock -up, EVS 1 234 0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System 1 235 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Stage Pump 1 236 0777650 Valve, Relief Intake, Akron 1 Pressure Setting -125 psig Intake Relief Valve Control - Behind Right Side Pump Panel 237 0794959 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300 238 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 239 0059312 Tags, Color Coded, Plumbing Valves, Rear Mount 240 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies 241 0602495 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, Rear Mount 242 0089437 Plumbing Without Foam System 243 0061798 Inlet, (1) 6.00" Rear Mount, 1250-1500 GPM Pump 244 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST, VLH 245 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All 246 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 247 0031474 Valve, Inlets) - @ Rear, Outside the Panel, Rear Mount Pump 248 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve 249 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested 250 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 251 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 252 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 253 0004725 Inlet, Rear, 2.50" Gated, Left Side 254 0031482 Valve, .75 Bleeder,Aux. Rear Inlet, PRM 255 0044750 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00" Plumbing, Electric Control 256 0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50" 257 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 2�8 0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side Additional 259 0092740 Not Allowed, Outlet, Large Diameter 2§0 0648906 Outlet, Front, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing Fitting, Outlet - 2.50" NST with 90 degree swivel Drain, Front Outlet - Automatic Location, Front, Single - top of left bumper 261 0092575 Not Required, Outlet, Rear 262 0075351 Outlet, Rear, 2.50", Rear Mount Qty, Discharges - 02 263 0731145 SP Outlet, Rear, 3" w/3" Plumbing, Akron Valve, Handwheel, Rear Mount 264 0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose Bed/Running Board Tray 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 7 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 265 0563739 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, Swing Handle 1 266 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 1 267 0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, Additional 1 268 0045099 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets 1 269 0075374 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 30 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 4 Qty, Discharges - 04 270 0076594 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 30 Degree, 4.00" FNST x 4:00" Storz, Additional 1 271 0028964 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg, 4" FNST x 5" Storz w/5" Storz x 2.50" MNST 1 272 0085090 Adapter, 1.50" FNST X 1.50" M Special 3 Qty, Adapter for Outlets - 03 Special Threads - IPT Location, Adapter(s) - both crosslay and front bumper discharge 273 0005085 Adapter, Thread - 2.50" FNST X 2.50" M Special 6 Qty, Adapter for Outlets - 06 Special Threads - FNST Location, Adapter(s) - all 2.50 discharges 274 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW if applicable 1 275 0090927 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend -a -Gun XG18 1 276 0029154 Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFC-52, 5" Storz Inlet, Package 1 Monitor Finish - Painted 277 0047175 No Additional Nozzle Req'd 1 278 0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire Monitor, TFT Manual Extend -A -Gun Only 1 279 0061868 Preconnect, (2) 1.50", Below Hose Bed, Rear Mount 1 Location - tbd 280 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay 1 281 0591145 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay, Top and Ends, Elastic Netting 2 Qty, - 02 282 0064897 Speed, (2) 1.5" W/ Poly Tray, PRM, Std. Cap. Front of Body 1 283 0752403 Hose Restr, Spoly, 2"Nylon Web, Bottom Anchored 1 Fastener, Hose Restraint - Lift -a -Dot 26"71673 90 Degree Swivel Elbow, 1.50", Special Threads, MNPSH 2 Location - top of the speedlay to allow easy removal of hose Qty, - 02 285 0044333 Not Required, Foam System 1 286 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1 287 0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank 1 288 0042573 Not Required, Foam System Demonstration 1 289 0045465 Not Required, Foam Tanks 1 290 0091110 Not Required, Foam Tank Drain 1 -291 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 1 292 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 1 293 0061047 Pump House, Side Control, Rear Mount Pump, 42", Control Zone 1 294 0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not Required 1 295 0031481 Pump Panel Configuration, Rear Mount Pump 1 296 0005525 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control Brushed Stainless 1 297 0583362 Pump Access - Lift -up, Smooth Aluminum Door, Rear Mount Pump 1 298 0031495 Pump House Structure, Rear Mount Pump 1 299 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Win 3SCOCDCR LED White 1 Qty, -01 300 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller 1 301 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press Controller 1 302 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green 1 303 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1 304 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green 1 305 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pump Panel w/Red Switch 1 306 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0-600psi 1 307 0511100 Gauge, 2,00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-0-400psi 1 308 0560645 Gauged Water -Level, IC,-SL Series, I0-Light LED, Master 1 309 0006774 Not -Required, Foam Level Gauga- - 1 310 0625571 Not Required, Light Shield, Rear Mounted Pump, Rescue 1 311 0654485 Light, Over Passenger Side Pump Panel, TecNiq E10-W000-1 LED Angle Brkt 2 Qty, - 02 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 8 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 312 0682498 Light Shield/Step 8", PS LED, P25 LED Stp Lt 1 313 0606697 Air Horns, (2) Grover, In Bumper 1 314 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos #1 & 47) 1 315 0006066 Control, Air Horn, DS & PS Lanyard 1 316 0525667 Siren, Win 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt 1 317 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console 1 Location, Elec Siren - Overhead, DS Center Sw Pnl 318 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only 1 319 0601306 Speaker, (1) Win, SA315P, w/Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 waft 1 Connection, Speaker - siren head 320 0601565 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Center (Pos 4) 1 321 0016080 Siren, Federal Q26 1 322 0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in Bumper 1 Location, Siren, Mech - a) Left 323 0026160 Control, Mech Siren, Horn Ring, PS Foot Sw 1 324 0736164 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, LS Overhead Sw Pnl 1 325 9999999 SCC Lightbar, Federal, Navigator, 73" 1 326 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 1 327 0693598 Lights, Front Zone, Federal QL64XF'--*, 41ts, Q-Bezel, Above Headlights 1 Color, Lens, LED's - m)match LED's Color, Lt DS Fmt Outside - DS Front Outside Red Color, Lt PS Frnt Outside - PS Front Outside Red Color, Lt DS Front Inside - r) DS Front Inside Red Color, Lt PS Front Inside - r) PS Front Inside Red 328 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1 Headlt flash deactivation - a)w/high beam 329 0511780 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Federal QL64XF LED, 2pr 1 Location, Lights Rear - tbd Location, Lights Front Side - g)each side of cab Color,FED,QuadFIr64,FRT - a) rd/rd Color,FED,QuadFlr64,BCK - a) rd/rd 330 0511784 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Federal QL64XF * LED 1 Flange Kit - w)with flange Color,FED,QuadFlr64 - Rd/Clr 330 9999999 SCC Lights, Rear, Federal FireRay, pair Location - one each side upper rear Qty, Lights, Pair - 1 Color,FED,QuadFlr64 - Rd/Clr 331 0612562 Light, Rear Zone Upper, FRP Rd/Rd LED Beacons & Rd/Clr LED Surface Mnt 332 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 333 0016610 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Std Mount, S/S Brkts 334 0533101 Light, Traffic Directing, Code 3 AS-10S, 47.00" Long, Halogen Activation, Traffic Dir L - Control Head Only 335 0529660 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface Mounted Over Rear Door 336 0529654 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Heavy Duty Swivel Bracket Centered 337 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 338 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 339 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts Qty, Bag Nuts and Bolts -1 340 0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department 341 0602407 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification 342 0027023 No Strainer Required 343 0602538 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire Department 344 0602360 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided by Fire Dept 345 0602679 Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification, Provided by Fire Department 346 0602667 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification, Provided by Fire Department 347 0559682 Paint, Two Tone, Cab, w/Shield, Custom Cab Paint Color, Predefined - #50 Red Paint Color, Upper Area, Predefined - #10 White 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 9 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 348 0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With Liner, E-Coat, Standard 1 Paint Color, Frame Assembly, Predefined - white 349 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 1 350 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 1 351 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs 1 Paint, Axle Hub - Lower Job Color 352 0663450 SP Coating, Protective Line-X Lining in Body Compt Floor/Ceiling/Walls Location - all body compartments Qty, - 08 Color, Line-X, Per Compt - Dark Gray 353 0567210 Compartment, Unpainted for Line-X finish 354 0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6%1" Color, Reflect Band - A - a) white Color, Reflect Band - B -1) white Color, Reflect Band - C - w) white 355 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face 356 0544946 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Pumper, Rear Mount Color, Rear Chevron DG - fluorescent yellow green 357 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior Color, Reflective - a) white 358 0017773 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Over Fender Only, Single Axle 359 0067298 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Across Cab Face 360 0010197 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Over Fender Only 361 0027284 Lettering Specifications, (Traditional Process) 362 0686428 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60) Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 363 0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each Qty, Lettering - 08 Outline, Lettering - Highlight and Shade 364 0685993 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each Qty, Lettering -15 Outline, Lettering - Highlight and Shade 365 0686084 Lettering Reflective, 3.00", Each Qty, Lettering - 11 Outline, Lettering - Highlight and Shade 366 0067027 Lettering, Reflective, "Dial 911" Each Color, Lettering - a) white Location, Lettering - inset on body compartment door RS1 and LS1 Qty, - 02 Size, -Dial 911-- 10 367 0030013 Decal, Customer Furnished, Pierce installed, Each Qty, - 02 368 0599008 Rust Proof/Undercoat, Custom Chassis Color, Undercoating - Black 369 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom Qty, - 01 370 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom Qty, - 01 371 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom 372 003Q008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 373...0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 374 0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross TAS, 1 Year WA0202 375 0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom Chassis, WA0013 37,6,NW471 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5 Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor 377 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0384 370 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 379 DOT9914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 380 0595813 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro -Rate, WA0055 381 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 382 0695416 Warranty, Pierce°Camera System, WA0188 383 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights, WA0203 384 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 8 15 11 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 10 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 385 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 1 386 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1 387 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 1 388 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll -up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 1 389 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year Parts, WA0382 1 390 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1 391 0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not Available 1 392 0595547 Warranty, Paint, 12 Year, S/S Body, Pro -Rate, WA0058 1 393 0595420 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0169 1 394 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CDO156 1 395 0736238 Certification, Engine Installation, Saber FR/Enf, Cummins L9, 2021 1 396 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CDO098 1 397 0631980 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber FR/Enforcer, CDO130 1 398 0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CDO137 1 399 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CDO132 1 400 0556828 Certification, Electric Window, Not Available 1 401 0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0134 1 402 0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System Performance, Saber FR/Enforcer, 1 CD0165/CD0167 403 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition 1 404 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 1 405 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 1 406 0000046 REAR MOUNT PUMPER 1 407 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1 408 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 1 409 0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION 1 410 0020011 WATEROUS PUMP 1 411 0020009 POLY TANK 1 412 0028047 NO FOAM SYSTEM 1 413 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1 414 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1 415 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1 416 0755452 PUMPER HIGH 1 9/6/2020 11:51 AM Bid #: 1159 Page 11 Proposal for South Bend FireDepartment Prepared by MacQueen Emergency Group 09/04/2020 v jf p fi% /� ricunar ,uRa H PERFORM. LIKE NO OTHER. MacQueen Emergency is pleased to submit a proposal to South Bend Fire Department for a Pierce@ triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, 'BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested 1 of 89 and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least ten (10) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre - trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by MacQueen Emergency by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory -trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the fire department. 2 of 89 In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury$1,000,000 General Aggregate$2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. 3 of 89 COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3, 000, 000 Each Occurrence:$3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. 4 of 89 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 Aggregate:$25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are 5 of 89 shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third - party, audit -certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. INSPECTION TRIP(S) The bidder will provide two (2) factory inspection trip(s) for trips shall be (1) post paint or an in progress inspection and (1) final inspection for (4) department personnel customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's 6 of 89 representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. BID BOND A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond will be provided with the proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you for an additional cost and the following will apply: The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This 7of89 drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer TM is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 194.0. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will be heat -treated steel measuring 10.25" x 3.50" x 0.375". Each rail will have a section modulus of 16.00 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi, and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 1,921,069 inch -pounds. FRAME REINFORCEMENT A full-length mainframe "C" liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design, heat -treated steel measuring 9.38" x 3.13" x 0.25". Each reinforcement member will have a section modulus of 3.90 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi and resisting bending moment (rbm) of 938,762 in -lb. FRONT AXLE The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Dana axle, Model D- 2000F, with a rated capacity of 20,000 lb. FRONT SUSPENSION The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 20,000 lb. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. 8 of 89 A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES The front tires will be Michelin 315/80R22.5 radials, 20 ply all position XZU® S2 tread, rated for 20,000 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS-25-160, with a capacity of 27,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 65 MPH. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi -elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 27,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply XDS LRH directional mud and snow tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 9 of 89 TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecureTM tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided, CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy -grip handle provided. Wheel Chock Brackets There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted below the left side rear compartment. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by Bendix®. Front brakes will be Model ADB22XTm, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" rotors for improved stopping distance. 10 of 89 The rear brakes will be MeritorTM 16.50" x 7.00" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust shields will be provided. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: • Brake treadle valve • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti -compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin -on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater. BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Model Cummins 11 of 89 Power: 450 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm Governed 2200 rpm Speed: Emissions EPA 2021 Level: Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) Starter: Delco 39MTT"" Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator and water-i Secondary spin -on style filter. sensor. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. CLUTCH FAN A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in 'Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 12 of 89 FLOOR MOUNT, ACCELERATOR PEDAL There will be a standard automotive style floor mounted accelerator pedal hinged and bolted to the floor of the cab in place of the standard suspended accelerator pedal. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA 1901 requirements. The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device, and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device . The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. EXHAUST MODIFICATION The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 90 degree angle from the truck. The tail pipe will terminate at the body side and will be flush with the body side. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass -reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durabilityr and reliability. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will he isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. 13 of 89 Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of stainless steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. The exterior of the tank will be unpainted. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A 0.75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only". A 0.50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. FUEL SHUTOFF A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, on both sides of the fuel filter. TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided. 14 of 89 The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear. A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A five (5)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1 st 3.49 to 1.00 2n6 1.86 to 1.00 3rd 1.41 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 R.. 5.03 to 1.00 TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with GlidecoatO or equivalent. STEERING Dual steering gear, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4-spoke design. 15 of 89 LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: South Bend The second row of text will be: Fire The third row of text will be: Department AUTOMATIC CHASSIS LUBRICATION A Vogel Automatic Lubrication System will be provided. The lubrication will be supplied while the vehicle ignition switch is active to allow a uniform application of grease to the locations listed. The electronic control unit that forms part of the system will activate the pump after an adjustable interval time. The unit will control and monitor pump operation and report any faults via an indicator light on the dashboard of the driver's cab. The lubrication system reservoir, which requires a 15.00" wide x 14.50" high x 6.25" deep mounting area, will be located passenger side on the apparatus. -Slack Adjusters -Brake Cam Screws -Steering Assist Cylinder (if applicable) -Tie Rods -Drag Link -King Pins -Spring Pins -Shackle Pins -Walking Beam Pins (Tandem axle, if applicable) BUMPER A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 12.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 22.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will have 45 degree corners. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. 16 of 89 GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. Documentation will be provided, upon request, to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit -up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include, but not be limited to, the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays (with hose capacities), winches, lights, discharge and suction connections. CENTER HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 200' of 1.75" double jacket cotton -polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. Center Hose Tray Cover A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. One (1) D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm on each side will hold the cover in the open position. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame, TOW HOOKS Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. SIGHT RODS Two (2) Bores, Model 848-211, lighted sight rods will be mounted to the outside corners of the front bumper extension. The rods will be polished stainless steel. CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. 17 of 89 The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A -pillar (front cab corner posts), B- pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A -pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage -like structure with the A -pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross -cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross -cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A -pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross -floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. 18 of 89 CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (I) -piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change. CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 19 of 89 CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. SIDE OF CAB MOLDING Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab. MIRRORS A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 75.50" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 85.50" high. 20 of 89 The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements. Door Panels The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control. There will be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height. 21 of 89 The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A 1.25" diameter slip -resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS There will be eight (8) white LED step lights with chrome bezel installed for cab and crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the driver's access steps • Two (2) lights for the driver's side crew cab access steps, one (1) lights per step • Two (2) lights for the passenger's side crew cab access steps, one (1) lights per step • Two (2) lights for the passenger's side access step In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. REAR WALL WINDOWS There will be two (2) windows, located one (1) each side, on the rear wall of the crew cab. The windows will measure 14.75" wide x 7.25" high. COMPUTER MOUNTING TRAY There will be one (1) locking sliding stainless steel tray located forward of the officer. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The officer side dash will be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of painted aluminum. The instrument cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument cluster. The engine tunnel will be painted aluminum to match the cab interior 22 of 89 For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl. CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint. The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTM acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area. Cab Defroster A 54,000 BTU heater -defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater -defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following: • One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window • One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window • Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. 23 of 89 Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of airflow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions. Air Conditionina A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following: • Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab • Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: • Five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws. The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. Climate Control An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control. The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature. The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob. Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position. 24 of 89 The system controller will be located within panel position #12. Gravity Drain Tubes Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided. WINDOW DEFROST FAN A window defrost fan will be mounted on the ceiling of the cab, located on the driver's side. WINDOW DEFROST FANS Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted on the ceiling of the cab, located 1 driver side ceiling and 1 passenger side ceiling. SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. CAB SAFETY SYSTEM The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following: • A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical 25 of 89 subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event. • A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions. • A fault -indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. • A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. • Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall. • Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event. • Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag • Passenger side knee bolster air bag • Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs • Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position • Seat belts will be pre -tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place SIDE ROLL PROTECTION The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll: • Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs 26 of 89 Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre -tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. A suspension seat safety system will be included, When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a fixed type, with no suspension. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re -bolting it in the desired location. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. RADIO COMPARTMENT A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat. The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure. 27 of 89 A drop -down door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. REAR FACING LEFT SIDE EMS CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be 23.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) ROM Series IV rollup door with white finish, non -locking. The frame to frame opening will be 20.50" wide x 28.75" high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be 17.75" wide x 22.87" high. The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" up -turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be 22.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) ROM Series IV rollup door with white finish, non -locking. The frame to frame opening will be 19.50" wide x 28.75" high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be 16.75" wide x 22.87" high. The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" up -turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position 28 of 89 • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands -Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G. There will be a quantity of five (5) SCBA brackets. SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 29 of 89 HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" above the seat. CAB SPOTLIGHT There will be two (2) Golight/RadioRayO, Model 20**, white halogen spotlights located on the cab roof, left and right side upper cab. The spotlights will be mounted to the surface of the cab roof. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER There will be one (1) wired dash mounted remote provided for each spotlight. SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER LOCATIONS The remotes to control the spotlights will be located one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer. PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will be a molded ABS panel and include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab 30 of 89 section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. Gauges The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: • Voltmeter gauge (volts): o Low volts (11.8 VDC) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly High volts (15.5 VDC) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low volts (11.3 VDC) ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very high volts (16.0 VDC) ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low fuel (1132 full) ■ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms ■ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm 31 of 89 ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial All gauges will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. Indicator Lamps To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead -front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: • Low coolant • Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) • Check engine • Check trans (check transmission • Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat • Air rest (air restriction) • Caution (triangle symbol) • Water in fuel • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • Trailer ABS (where applicable) • Wait to start (where applicable) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable) • Front air bag fault (where applicable) The following red telltale lamps will be present: • Warning (stop sign symbol) • Seat belt • Parking brake • Stop engine • Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: 32 of 89 • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: • High beam Alarms Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove -Out A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. Control Switches For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove -out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. 33 of 89 Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self -canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. Custom Switch Panels The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. Diagnostic Panel A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following 34 of 89 • Engine diagnostic port • Transmission diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic port • Roll sensor diagnostic port • Command Zone USB diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information: • Odometer • Trip mileage • PTO hours • Fuel consumption • Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone Tm, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): • Do Not Move Truck • DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) 35 of 89 • PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) • DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) • PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) • Rear Body Door Open • DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) • PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) • Deck Gun Not Stowed • Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) • Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) • Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) • Stabilizer Not Stowed • Steps Not Stowed • Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. SWITCH PANELS The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. The switches will be rocker -type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions. Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. WIPER CONTROL Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features; • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground • Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC • Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 36 of 89 SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate officer dash for MDT. • Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. STEREO RADIO A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM/CD/Weatherband stereo radio, with front auxiliary input will be installed within reach of the driver. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab. The antenna will be a side -mounted antenna located on the passenger's side of the cab . The following features will be included: • CD Player with Electronic Skip Protection (ESP) • Full 7-Channel NOAA Weatherband Tuner with SAME technology • Built-in Clock • Audio CD, CD-R, R/W, MP3 CD compatible • Radio Broadcast Data System Text Display • Front panel USB input • Front and Rear Auxiliary Audio Input • Receives audio (A2DP/AVRCP) from Bluetooth enabled device • Supports Bluetooth HFP to receive phone calls from BT-enabled phones • Low battery alert (&It; 10. 8Vdc) • Heavy Duty design with Conformal Coated Circuit Boards for maximum durability under all conditions INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Grey with black accents • Sunlight Readable 37 of 89 • Linux operating system • Minimum of 1000nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. • Programmed to read US Customary General Screen Desian Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. Home/Transit Screen This screen will display the following: • Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) • Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen • Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) • Digital Speedometer • Active Alarms On Scene Screen This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): • Battery Voltage • Fuel • Oil Pressure • Coolant Temperature 38 of 89 • RPM • Water Level (if equipped) • Foam Level (if equipped) • Foam Concentration (if equipped) • Water Flow Rate (if equipped) • Water Used (if equipped) • Active Alarms Virtual Buttons There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. Page Screen The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: • Diagnostics o Faults ■ Listed by order of occurrence ■ Allows to sort by system o Interlock ■ Throttle Interlocks ■ Pump Interlocks (if equipped) ■ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) ■ PTO Interlocks (if equipped) o Load Manager ■ A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. ■ The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. ■ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. ■ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems ■ Command Zone • Module type and ID number • Module Version • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information ■ Foam (if equipped) ■ Pressure Controller (if equipped) ■ Generator Frequency (if equipped) o Live Data 39 of 89 ■ General Truck Data • Maintenance o Engine oil and filter o Transmission oil and filter o Pump oil (if equipped) o Foam (if equipped) o Aerial (if equipped) • Setup o Clock Setup o Date & Time ■ 12 or 24 hour format ■ Set time and date o Backlight ■ Daytime ■ Night time ■ Sensitivity o Unit Selection o Home Screen o Virtual Button Setup o On Scene Screen Setup o Configure Video Mode ■ Set Video Contrast ■ Set Video Color ■ Set Video Tint • Do Not Move o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated ■ Driver Side Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Cab Door ■ Driver Side Crew Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door ■ Driver Side Body Doors ■ Passenger's Side Body Doors ■ Rear Body Door(s) ■ Ladder Rack (if applicable) ■ Deck Gun (if applicable) ■ Light Tower (if applicable) ■ Hatch Door (if applicable) ■ Stabilizers (if applicable) ■ Steps (if applicable) • Notifications o View Active Alarms ■ Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm 40 of 89 ■ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced • Timer Screen • HVAC (if equipped) • Tire Information (if equipped) • Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. COLLISION MITIGATION There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA5 Responder -to -Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C to 85 degree C. The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground. While responding with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app. While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app. The HA5 Responder -to -Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription. Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH/sec • Deceleration - MPH/sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle 41 of 89 • ABS Event - On/Off • Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position • Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off • Time - 24 Hour Time • Date - Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone TM color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: • Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: • The home screen is active: o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. INTERCOM SYSTEM A four (4) position Sigtronics, Model US-45S, intercom system with single radio interface at the driver and officer positions will be provided. Two (2) crew located, at both forward facing seats , will have radio listen / intercom only. The following components will be included: • One (1) US-45S Intercom master station • Four (4) Headset jacks in blue boxes (Driver, Officer, 2 Crew) • Two (2) Push -to -transmit buttons in blue boxes (Driver, Officer) • All necessary cabling RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install one (1) radio interface cable before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be: • Bendix King, Model number HM-10 . 42 of 89 HEADSET HANGERS There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed tbd per the shipping document. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna -mounting base(s) installed on the right side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: • One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the active camera will be not provided. The following components will be included: • One (1) SV-CW134639CAI, camera • One (1) amplified speaker (if applicable) • All necessary cables ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I 43 of 89 automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. Solid -State Control System A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEKNDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: • Green LED indicator light for module power • Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic • Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters • Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals • USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: • Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40C to +70C • Storage temperature from -40C to +70C • Vibration to 50g • IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) • Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. 44 of 89 Circuit Protection and Control Diagram Copies of all job -specific, computer network input and output (1/0) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. On -Board Electrical System Diagnostics Advanced on -board diagnostic messages will be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the electrical power and control system. The diagnostic messages will be displayed on the information center located at the driver's position. The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information: • Text description of active warning or caution alarms • Simplified warning indicators • Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm • Red warning indication with steady tone alarm Prognostics A software based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include: • Engine oil and filter • Transmission oil and filter • Pump oil (if equipped) • Foam oil (if equipped) • Aerial oil and filter (if equipped) Advanced Diagnostics An advanced, Windows -based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows -based computer or wireless enabled device. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (1/0) information. Tech Module With WiFi An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. 45 of 89 The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone, control and information system. The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data logger information and update software in the device. Indicator Licaht and Alarm Prove -Out System A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Voltane Monitor System A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. Power and Ground Studs Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two-way radio equipment. The spare circuits will consist of the following: • One (1) 12-volt DC, 30 amp battery direct spare • One (1) 12-volt DC ground and un-fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center Enhanced Software The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI Protection To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency 46 of 89 emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non -waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. 47 of 89 All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM There will be four (4) 12 volt Exide@, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided: • 950 CCA, cold cranking amps • 190 amp reserve capacity • High cycle • Group 31 • Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit • 760 minutes of reserve capacity • Threaded stainless steel studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non -corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab. Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti -corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi -permanent rubberized compound 48 of 89 JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be included on the battery compartments. BATTERY CHARGER There will be an IOTATA°, Model DSL 75, battery charger with IQ4, controller provided. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger. There will be a KussmaulTM, Model #091-94-12, remote indicator included. The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the left wall as high as possible. The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) KussmaulTM, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase • Frequency The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR There will be a C.E Niehoff, Model C531 or C537 alternator provided. It will have a rated output current of 360 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. It will have a custom three (3)-set point voltage regulator, manufactured by C. E. Niehoff. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and 49 of 89 automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: • System voltage monitoring. • A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. • Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. • Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. • High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. o If enabled: ■ "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. ■ Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: • Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. • Individual load managed item condition: o ON = not shed o SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half - second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half -second intervals: 50 of 89 • Cab Heater and Air Conditioning • Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) • Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) • Exhaust Fans (if applicable) • Third Evaporator (if applicable) HEADLIGHTS There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlight to include chrome bezels The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated. DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model C6T*, 5.15" high x 7.56" wide x 1.58" deep directional lights with arrow populated amber LEDs and chrome trim provided on the front of the cab, below the headlights. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: • Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAUMARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED lights installed front of the cab door, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 51 of 89 REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 26250R, LED lights used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color • All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the rear • All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: • To indicate the'overall length of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the side • All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTf, red LED stop/tail lights • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights The lights will be provided with color lenses. The lights will be mounted in a polished combination housing. 52 of 89 There will be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. LIGHTING BEZEL There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce dos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. MARKER LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of amber and red, Britax, Model 1_427.203112, LED marker lights with rubber arm, located one each side rear body corners of truck. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck and be the most rearward marker light. These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LEDs, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. STEP LIGHTS There will be two (2) white LED step lights will be provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step area. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 53 of 89 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Fire Research Spectra Max, Model SPA260-Q20, 12 volt LED surface mounted scene light(s) with white bezel(s) provided (1) centered in the front of the cab (1) side near top of of apparaturs. The light(s) will be controlled in the following way: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel • a switch at the pump operator's panel • no additional switch location • no additional switch location The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. DECK LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PFBP12C, 12 volt DC LED floodlights with swivel mount provided at the rear of the hose bed, one (1) each side. The lights will be activated by a control from a switch at the rear of the truck. WALKING SURFACE LIGHT There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body. The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. 54 of 89 Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of§feel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system to be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. WATER TANK RESTRAINT A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided. DIRECT TANK FILL There will be one (1) - 2.50" gated external tank fill(s) installed and properly labeled at the rear of the water tank, located left side, with the valve installed as low as practical for easy hose connection. Piping, for the fill, will be routed through the rear wall of the tank and include a flow deflector to break up the stream of water entering the water tank. A 2.50" full flow ball valve with 2.50" piping and a 2.50" (F)NST chrome swivel will be located at the inlet. A 2.50" chrome plated 45 degree elbow and plug with VLH automatic pressure relieving thread technology will be provided for the tank fill. HOSE BED The hose bed will be fabricated of brushed and painted corrosion resistant, low carbon austenitic 3041. stainless steel. 55 of 89 The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments. Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats wjllbe .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose bed will accommodate 1000' of 5" 200' of 1.75" 300' of 2.00" 600' of 2.50". HOSE BED DIVIDER Four (4) adjustable hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. A cross -divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet. HOSEBED HOSE RESTRAINT A red hosebed cover will be furnished with jacket snaps fasteners at the front and jacket snap fasteners on the sides. At the rear of the vinyl top cover will be a 2.00" red nylon webbing with a 1.50" x 4.00" box pattern. The webbing will be connected at the top with a seat belt buckle on each side with a red tether on each seat belt buckle. The bottom of the webbing will loop through the footman loops located on the rear body sheet below the hosebed. The straps will be connected at the bottom with 2.00" side release fasteners. RUNNING BOARDS Running boards will not be required on rear mount pumper. TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 18.00" deep and full width of the body. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, PUC The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. 56 of 89 The rear wall body material will be painted. Unpainted aluminum overlays will be provided to allow for chevron application and to provide continuously smooth rear wall panels. The outboard edges of the rear wall will be trimmed in polished stainless steel. TOW EYES Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the chassis frame rails. COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of brushed and painted corrosion resistant, low carbon austenitic 304L stainless steel. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance the fender liners will be formed from brush finished 304L stainless steel, be unpainted, and removable for maintenance. Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadptate orpolished stainless steel. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which are not Grade 8 will be stainless steel and where they protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the body support system will begin with the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is -designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from .375" 80k steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter Grade 8 bolts. The vertical and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be_reinfarced-with welded gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body. A stainless steel body structure will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure which will result in a 800 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment and provide up to .25" accumulative floor thickness. 57 of 89 The floating substructure will be separated from the lateral frame extensions with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. 4GGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE q11 exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of automotive style, dust resistant louvers pressed into a wall to provide one way airflow out of the compartment that prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure. The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. - Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of the actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 62.00" wide x 61.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 54.50" of the compartment and-1-163" deep in the remaining upper portion behind the roll -up door. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the gpper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment wiU be',AQ_,.0W Wide x 54.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 29.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 22.75" of the compartment and 13.63" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 22.7§" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 42.00" wide x 61.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 54.50" of the compartment and 13.63" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 39.00" wide x 54.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. There will be recessed tracks installed vertically in each compartment. The compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 62.00" wide x 61.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 54.50" of the compartment and 13.63" deep in the remaining upper portion behind the roll -up door. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 59.00" wide x 54.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 29.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 22.75" of the compartment and 13.63" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 22.75" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 59 of 89 A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 42.00" wide x 61.50" high x 26.00" deep in the lower 54.50" of the compartment and 13.63" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 39.00" wide x 54.50" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. There will be recessed tracks installed vertically in each compartment. The compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S) There will be eight (8) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDORTm brand rollup doors. Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap -lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non -marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. REAR PUMP ACCESS A bolt on panel will be provided for access to service the plumbing on the rear sheet. ROLLUP DOOR GUARD There will be five (5) compartment doors rollup door guards raised to provide additional clearance in the compartment. The raised door guards will be provided tbd. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be eight (8) compartment(s) with a single Pierce LED compartment light strip. Each light strip will be centered vertically along the door framing. There will be one (1) light per compartment. The single light strip will be in all body compartment(s). Any remaining compartment without a light strip will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartrrmrrt doomill automatically turn the compartment lighting on. HATCH COMPARTMENT No hatch compartments will be provided. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). Tracks will not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space and widest shelves possible. The tracks will be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump operator's panel. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be four (4) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be determined at a later date. SLIDE -OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY ee (3) sNde-eut frays provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray. 61 of 89 Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. The location(s) will be determined at a later date MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in seven (7) shelves. The locations are, compartments tbd. The color of the Turtle Tile will be black. MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in seven (7) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, all compartment floors. The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be black. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 3.12" high with 1.50" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. Rub rails will be attached with bolts and spaced from the body with isolators that will help to absorb any moderate impact without damaging the body. BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A fender liner constructed of unpainted brushed stainless will be provided to avoid paint chipping. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and -greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Hard suction hose will not be required. 62 of 89 HANDRAILS Handrails will not be required on the beavertail. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two -section aluminum Duo -Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be a 14' aluminum Duo -Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing - down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for at least 14 years of dependable service. An independent hydraulic pump powered by a 12-volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics. The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless steel inspection door. The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator. The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500 lb. The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than 47.00". The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. The electric controls will be located in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered. Two (2) safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder rack assembly in the travel position. For ease of use, the safety locks will be located above the front and rear bulkheads and be operational while standing on the ground. Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (2) locks retaining the roof ladder and the extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place. LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated. A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. 63 of 89 HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS There will be two (2) Truck-Lite catalog number 15***, 1.20" high x 2.49" wide x 0.94" deep lights with chrome trim, amber flashing LEDs and,provided per the following: • One (1) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack • One (1) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack • The warning light lens colors to -be the same as the LEDs The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo -Safety folding ladder will be installed on the right side hydraulic ladder rack. PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 10' pike pole. W PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 6' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the• rpparatu& - The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 6' pike pole. SLIDE -OUT PLATFORM Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided tbd under body. The capacity rating will be 500 Ibs in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. There will be a TecNiq, Model T10-1-000-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area. REAR MOUNT FIRE PUMP Rear mount fire pump will be a Waterous S100D, 1500 gpm, single (1) stage centrifugal type. The pump will be an end suction, pedestal mount, single inlet type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures,4ndi.. ated beow: 64 of 89 - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. -70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. -50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump body will be close -grained gray iron, bronze fitted. Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported by oil or grease lubricated, anti -friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, slinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing. Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50 percent of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work. Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. The chassis frame crossmembers will be designed with a center drop to allow the drive shaft to be contained with -in the frame rails. PUMPING MODE An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. AIR PUMP SHIFT' Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by tlir pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located in the left side front compartment. 65 of 89 Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. TRANSMISSION LOCK -UP The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP An Akron Style 53 relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. The relief valve will have a working range of 50 psi to 250 psi. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door. PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA300 pressure governor will be provided. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump. The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. VALVE TAGS Color coded tags to match the pump panel controls will be supplied on the plumbing valves. The tags will be attached to small plates on the valve, that corresponds to the control at the pump panel. PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. A1NUESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or S Tthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi -tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drainAines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. MAIN PUMP INLET One (1) 6.00" pump manifold inlet with male NST threads will be provided at the rear of the vehicle. The suction inlet will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. Any auxiliary inlet valves will be at the rear of the of the vehicle outside the rear wall. 67 of 89 INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. REAR INLET One (1) rear inlet with 2.50" plumbing will be provided with the control located at the operator's panel. The inlet will be located at the rear of the body on the left side. The inlet will be furnished with a (F) 2.50" NST chrome plated swivel and plug. A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" ball type bleeder valve will be provided for each gated rear inlet. The valves will have a handwheel type knob for the control. The water, that is discharged by the valve, will be routed below the chassis. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and an electrically controlled 3.00" full flow inline valve. An open/close switch and a lighted position indicator will be remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re -circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 2.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping and flexible hose with a 2.50" full flow valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 2.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, located below the rear pump access. Proper clearance will be provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.5W paging along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. The discharges will terminate with a 2.50" male National Standard hose thread male adaptgr. 68 of 89 DISCHARGE OUTLET (REAR) A 3.00" discharge outlet will be located at the rear of the hose bed, below the pump access door. The discharge outlet will be plumbed with 3.00" pipe and gated with an Akron 3.00" valve controlled at the pump operator's panel by means of a handwheel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ADDITIONAL REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 4.00" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" Storz elbow/adapter with a Storz cap. LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow. A 5.00" Storz x 2.5" (M)NST rigid adapter with cap and chain will be provided with the elbow. ADAPTER There will be three (3) adapters with 1.50" FNST X IPT. These adapters will be installed on both crosslay and front bumper discharge. ADAPTER There will be six (6) adapters with 2.50" Female NST x 2.50" Male FNST installed all 2.50 discharges. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. 69 of 89 Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow -operating valve in accordance with NFPA 16.7.5.3. DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow -operating valve in accordance with NFPA 16.7.5.3. TELESCOPfC-PST The deluge riser piping will include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend -A -Gun extension. This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation. A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. MONITOR A Task Force Crossfire XFC-52 monitor package will be furnished and properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor will include a 1250 GPM automatic M-R nozzle ( M-R1250S-NJ), 10.00" stream straightener(XF-SS10) and quad stacked tips (MST-4NJ). Also provided will be a portable base unit with one (1) 5.00" Storz inlet. The monitor will be painted to match the body. The deluge riser Extend -a -Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor. PRECONNECT BELOW HOSE BED Two (2) 1.50" outlets will be located below the hosebed tbd. The discharge will be plumbed with 2.00" W. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlet to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread. The preconnect controls will be at the pump operator's panel. CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting will be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay/deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. The netting will be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay/deadlay bed and removable on each end. 70 of 89 SPEEDLAYS WITH TRAY At the front of the body will be two (2) 1.75" speedlay hose beds. Each bed will have a 2.00" preconnect line with a 2.00" quarter -turn ball valve and terminate with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel. The swivel will be located at the top of the speedlay compartment to allow easy removal of the hose. Individual controls for the speedlays will be at the pump operator's panel. Each compartment will be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose with the one (1) compartment located above the other. A removable tray will be provided for each speedlay hosebed. The speedlay trays will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additionpi hand holes-w ll be -provided -in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. The bottom of the speedlay compartments will be lined with stainless steel to allow the tray to slide with ease. Scuffplates will be provided on both sides at the sides and bottom of each opening to protect the paint. A compartment will be provided below the speedlays, each side, with a hinged door. SPEEDLAY HOSE RESTRAINT A 2.00" black nylon webbing design restraint will be provided across the ends of speedlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing assembly is to be attached at the bottom of the speedlay(s) with footman loops as a permanent attachment and is attached at the top with lift -a -dot fastener(s). 90 DEGREE SWIVEL ELBOW There will be two (2) 90 degree swivel elbow supplied with 1.50" MNPSH threads located top of the speedlay to allow easy removal of hose. FOAM SYSTEM A foam system will not be required on this apparatus. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be located at the rear of the body, between the compartment sides. The body will be designed to accommodate the pump, manifolds and plumbing. PUMP MOUNTING The pump will be mounted at the rear of the truck in a manner designed to withstand the maximum stresses exerted on the pump. The pump will be mounted so that the drive shafts and components attain the proper angles and support and allow for component longevity. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (LEFT SIDE REAR CONTROL) All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly marked. They will be contained in the rear side compartment. The gauge and control panels will be designed for ease of maintenance 71 of 89 All push/pull valve controls will have 1 /4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. PUMP ACCESS A hinged, smooth aluminum lift -up door with lift & turn latches will provide access to the pump and plumbing from the rear of the truck. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SCOCDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode. 72 of 89 AIR HORN SWITCH An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel. VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range-of-30 0U"-fl= ---- Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non -corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" {pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electric water level gauge manufactured by Innovative Controls Inc., will be provided on the operator's panel. The gauge will register water level by means of ten (10) brightly colored LED lights. The water level indicators will be as follows: e • Full = Green • 3/4 = Yellow • 1/2 = Yellow • 1 /4 = Yellow 73 of 89 • Empty = Red To further alert the pump operator, the refill light will start flashing when the water level drops below the 1/4 mark. PUMP PANEL ILLUMINATION Illumination of the pump operator's panel will be accomplished with the compartment interior lighting. The lighting will be controlled by the opening and closing of the compartment door(s). There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model E10-W000-1, 12 volt DC white LED light(s) with a fabricated aluminum angled bracket with all wiring totally enclosed to angle the light downward installed above the passengerpurnp-panel- The light(s) will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel. • There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch. AIR HORN SYSTEM There will be two (2) Grover air horns recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. Air Horn Location The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. AIR HORN CONTROL Two (2) lanyard rope pull controls will be provided, one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 74 of 89 Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel. The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided. SPEAKER There will be one (1) WhelenO, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker(s) will be recessed in the center of the front bumper. AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN A Federal Q260 siren will be furnished. The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. The mechanical siren will be actuated by a foot switch on the officer's side and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means -of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake. CAB ROOF LIGHTBAR There will be a 73.00" Federal Signal Navigator™, lightbar mounted on the cab roof with the following components: • 12 LED lightheads mounted in the bar of which four (4) lights will flash in the warning mode and will also be be able to be turned on as a scene/take-down light. FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS There will be four (4) Federal, Model QL64XF* *, LED flashing warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. • The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. • The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. • The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. • The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LEDs. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set 75 of 89 HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be four (4) Federal Signal Model QL64XF flashing LED warning lights with model QL64MC flanges located at the following positions: • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side of the cab between the cab and crew cab doors above the front wheel. The color will be red LED/red lens each side. • Two (2) lights, tbd. The color will be red LED/red lens each side. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Federal, Model QL64XF *, flashing LED warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus, one (1) each side. The color of these lights will be red LED/clear lens. These lights will be provided with a flange. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REAR WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Federal, Model FireRay, split warning/scene lights. The lights will be located on one each side upper rear. The color of the warning lights will be red LED/clear lens. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REARISIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) red LED warning beacons with red domes provided at the rear of the apparatus, one (1) each side and two (2) 5.09" x1.98" red LED surface mount lights with clear lenses provided at the rear of the apparatus, one (1) each side facing the rear. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control these lights. The rear warning lights will be mounted on stainless steel brackets with all wiring totally enclosed. These brackets will also support the clearance/marker lights. 76 of 89 TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Code 3 model AS-10, 47.00" long x 2.50" high x 4.12" deep, halogen traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. A Code 3 deluxe control head will be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode will be activated with the control head only. This traffic directing light will be surface mounted over the rear door, at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light control head will be located within a heavy duty swivel bracket centered between the driver and passenger. This swivel bracket will enable the driver access as well as the passenger. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: • One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department. • 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. • 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 Umin) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. • Two (2) hydrant wrenches. • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. 77 of 89 • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). v If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1 requires a minimum of 20' of suction hose or 15' of supply hose will be carried. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. 78 of 89 FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces. 3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra - smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two -component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the 79 of 89 exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll -up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll -up doors will be provided by the roll -up door manufacture. Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and ropparately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. Pierce Manufacturing paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) meet or exceed the Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. These requirements are met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable. The Pierce Manufacturing written paint standards will be available upon request. The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted #10 white along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #50 red. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: • Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. • Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor. • Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient • Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on -site or sent off -site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. 80 of 89 PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with white before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are: • Frame rails • Frame liners • Cross members • Axles • Suspensions • Steering gear • Battery boxes • Bumper extension weldment • Frame extensions • Body mounting angles • Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) • Pump house substructure • Air tanks • Steel fuel tank • Castings • Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: • Two (2) C-channel frame rails • Two (2) frame liners The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. AXLE HUB PAINT All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. COMPARTMENT LINING There will be eight (8) interior body compartments all body compartments that will be sprayed with Line- X® polyurethane/polyurea material. The floors, walls, and ceilings will be coated. The interior lining will be dark gray in color. Access panels, and component equipment housings in compartments will be removed, painted, and sprayed with Line-X and re -secured so that they can be removed for maintenance. The compartment ventilation tubing will not be sprayed. Associated tracks, brackets, lights, light brackets and wiring will not be sprayed with Line-X. The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Line-X dealer. 81 of 89 COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH The interior of the body compartments will be left unpainted and have the natural finish. REFLECTIVE STRIPES Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. BEAR CHEVRON STRIPING There -will -lam aiter-naUng4hev;on striping located on the rear -facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. BODY STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fender. CAB FACE STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe across the face of the cab. CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab over the fender. LETTERING All lettering will be sealed with two (2) coats of clear polyurethane. LETTERING Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with highlight and shade provided. There will be eight (8) letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with highlight and shade provided. There will be 15 letters provided. 82 of 89 LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with highlight and shade provided. There will be 11 letters provided. LETTERING, REFLECTIVE, "DIAL 911" There will be two (2)10.00" high white reflective decal, "Dial 911", will be installed at inset on body compartment door RS1 and LS1. DECAL INSTALLATION There will be two (2) decal/s furnished by the fire department and applied by the apparatus manufacturer. CUSTOM CHASSIS RUST PROOF / UNDERCOAT The rust proof/undercoat option will provide additional paint to the chassis frame rails and a protective coating that will help fight corrosion. Rust proof / Undercoat Process A coating will be applied to the custom chassis once the cab, pump and body mounting angles have been installed. The coating texture will be waxy and pliable after drying so it will not chip, crack, or peel off during normal vehicle operations. The rust proofing material will be the color black, and is a coating of a corrosion inhibitor for long-term protection against corrosion. The material will be applied to the following areas: • Outside of the chassis frame rails (top & side) • Top of the frame rails • Top of crossmembers • Inside of the frame rails - in and around harnesses keeping coating off harnesses as best as possible • Between the frame and liner - coating will be applied after frame and liner are assembled using a wand to apply material between as best as possible • Top of the body mounting angles (including rear platform) • Top of air tanks • Top of fuel tank FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided. The manual(s) will contain the following: • Job number • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents 83 of 89 • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate parts Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. Service Parts Internet Site The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to kasist in locating parts quickly. CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: • Job number • Table of contents • Troubleshooting • Front Axle/Suspension • Brakes • Engine • Tires • Wheels • Cab • Electrical, DC • Air Systems • Plumbing • Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. 84 of 89 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE WARRANTY A Eatcn_fivz_(5)-year1100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided. SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY AMeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTm ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system. COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 85 of 89 WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An AMDOR roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll -up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors. The -limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (7) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. 12 YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce stainless steel body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0058, is included with this proposal ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce traditional gold leaf limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0169, is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart 86 of 89 All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 89 of 09 pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII "ted WaIrIraIn"'ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: - or - 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII "ted WaIrIraIn"'ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Period Twelve (12) months. Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: See Also No specific exclusions apply Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0008 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY CAllison PARTICIPATING OEM SALES TY'8]1SI111SS1UII® DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED • WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. • REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. • TOWING— Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. • PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." • OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re -installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE (Whichever occurs first) PAID BY THE CUSTOMER Transmission Miles MODELS Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT,1000 SericsTM, 200M ScriesTM, 2400 Scries 0-36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD' 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,; 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800 4800 EVS Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. • CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an aheration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. • MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner's responsibility. • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. • USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. • EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non -participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.— * * Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END -USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics IhIniIII�ted WaIrIraIn ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years Ends After: Conditions and This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for Exclusions: the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are See Also not covered under this limited warranty and are instead Paragraphs covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited 2 thru 4 Warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0014 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIII IIII iir u One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Traditional Gold Leaf 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Each traditional gold leaf graphic shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Period One (1) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and Paragraphs maintenance manual). 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2010 WA0169 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department, or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u Twelve (12) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion Stainless Steel Body IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII "ted WaIrIraIn"'ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ends After: Twelve (12) Years This warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-144months 25% Conditions and Exclusions: Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-48 months 100% 49-72 months 50% See Also Paragraphs 73-144 months 25% 2 thru 4 Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior and undercarriage is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0058 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIII IIII iir u Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion Coverage: defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ends After: Ten (10) Years This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84months 50% 85-120 months 25% Conditions and Exclusions: Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% See Also Paragraphs 49-72 months 25% 2 thru 4 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators, with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department, or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Custom Chassis Frame IhIniIII�ted WaIrIraIn ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Fifty (50) Years Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) Conditions and Exclusions: See Also This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0013 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII "ted WaIrIraIn"'ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: - or - 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. DANA (31 ack) WrWu (", Vxqxmfllv uewlw I MW OMM usu RELEASE Vin LUen I awnshp,, hqichgoi i� U Ill WWWAaa Cum DUrIa 1°$ddh1g ('u4rouicrdid VlAdcle, SyMenv, (,wup ts In cyur tmindaid m.uuHiity loiw lurerc"Iscuie VW&K, IMMN M ANA, idt siteiWr iind mllw,ara ilxle apphultbri's 101Ifl'(-ooir r�scue yebides vedl c�xry ,I rWirfllrnui,n 5 yew / 100,001L") Adv,000ral I turd 2 yaLir exLu,idW mo,u,wLy pw0uge!, ave aw,11,M)lie, (Apjpkl ab(�,e W 14W's 4 td,,M ul / yeas, W Ioimlnl y cuvertjqu!, Ouif uVwWmR W exWxMj wmimly evvwages da, baa In the "&I Rot Shme Umq we hwe psmsed nwty new prcqrz,Irvs ko 0eliver m,kIanUu% rdh'ich tneici Uv, an Indumry, Vwamuul W1 wuhm d Um wpif hNimay cauezp% to mv nom Kmwt YmMWnM wm =Nm cwtsnWatbn amf h,,we goah. Feor hvruir��, �lnforrrolun and pb�ase go to .. . . . . . ...... . ... ........ . . ... . .... ....... . . -AVARIABLE, I�iulo l*Ikfirqj Cu ipl aratlivn 1oxnWrig o4th ch,*s[s uunl ufducfuw Ln (a dutapnMu ncm.ch, Aind himv best, U.') urrcl '] s'uhAkila, 11w �UVJUOIIT u,Ej' m;qLJJPVYuQu)J, Immmsed ova two ywxt� huid fuuk ofi (ifrel oWtio$ CaA, &CCUMIAjdaLe o tcnldvrya oxW wi"Itcka, Wcm h"I'Ve Hstcrujd boyour rujunk Nr a MINI h"Wr frunt GAVA4, for sufnqliu Wl"lde VcWCW5. Dd,nei C."Hi nuW offul d: fiwR low bmm mdh a S 'A" Arcq) cfl 2,141<6AVAIP, TWs NO Wbw dwoN nwmhdums to PWaSe UMUCt YOLY D311d lior furl ht.,w h,nfbrrnation, ror ad'ditJoru'll pleane cy"*,WuA'„ Dam; HukNV UwpvwtW Q w Wage CenWr Df "I ,,in Buren Tvop, MT 4BI 11, 5711 MWW (ny 01101 awmMmamodusaxil . .. . .. . . . . .................. ......... .. . .. . . . . . The Roadra1> 001, Sy, to .�,I,))A)W , lRoadratit1w VIOU TOM" 0a 51F 7)� 6 — Oshkosh Corporation Classification: Unrestricted PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° ANOSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Certification Document CDO137 SabeeFR - Enforcer TM Cab Doors Pierce Manufacturing certifies the integrity of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab doors. Specimens representing the substantial structural configuration of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab front and crew doors have been successfully tested to meet the following objectives: OBJECTIVES: • Survive a 200,000-cycle door slam test with a slam acceleration up to 20 g's on one representative • Validate the assembly concept of the main structure of the door by evaluating the durability of the bonding technique. • Evaluate components, structure, and mounting of the door during and the end of the test for fatigue and failure to ensure durability. • Verify that the door seals function properly at the end of the test. • Evaluate the new extrusions and castings of the cab doorframe during and at the end of the test for fatigue, failure, and deformation of seal flanges. • Evaluate various mounting options for the electronic control module for durability during portions of the slam test. CONCLUSIONS: • The door structure and doorframe successfully completed a 200,000-cycle door slam test with a door slam acceleration of 20 g's. VALIDATION TEST: RD2425 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David Archer November 18, 2014 CDO137 Door Durability -Saber FR -Enforcer 141118.doc 1 11/18/2014 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° ANOSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Certification Document CDO134 Saber° FR — Enforcer TM Seats and Seat Belts Pierce Manufacturing certifies the conformance of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab seats and seat belts to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Representative Saber° FR — EnforcerTM Seat and Seat Belt designs have been tested successfully in accordance with FMVSS 207. Physical testing was performed to qualify passenger seats to meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 207 and 210. This requires that a minimum of 3,000 Ibf be applied to both the lap and shoulder belts via appropriate body blocks. A third force of twenty times the mass of the seat must be applied at the center -of -gravity (CG) of the seat. All three forces are applied at the same time, reached within thirty seconds of the start of the test, and be held for a minimum of ten seconds. A force equal to twenty times the mass of the seat was applied to each seat in the direction opposite to the combination pull. A moment of 275 lb-ft was applied to the seat with reference to the H-point. This testing ensures that the seat mounting and seat belt anchors are adequate to retain the seats and occupants in a crash. The Federal requirements are based on the high deceleration rates of passenger vehicles, so the design requirements are significantly more conservative considering the slower crash speeds of heavy trucks. VALIDATION TESTS: RD2397 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David Archer Vice President of Engineering CDO134 Seats and Belts -Saber FR- Enforcer .doc 1 11/17/2014 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° ANOSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Certification Document CDO132 Saber°FR — Enforcer-rm Windshield Wiper System Pierce Manufacturing certifies the integrity of the Saber° FR —EnforcerTM Windshield Wiper System. Specimens representing the configuration of the Saber° FR —EnforcerTM windshield wipers have been successfully tested to meet the following objectives: OBJECTIVES: • Complete 3,000,000 cycles of windshield wiper operation per SAE J198 § 6.2 • Inspect wiper motor, pivots, linkages, and mounts frequently to validate cumulative wiper system integrity. CONCLUSIONS: • The wiper linkage, pivots, and mounts successfully completed the 3,000,000 cycles. VALIDATION TEST: RD2462 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David Archer Vice President of Engineering CDO132 Windshield Wipers - Enforcer-SaberFR 141117.doc 1 11/18/2014 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° AN OSHKOSH TRUCK CORPORATION® COMPANY Certification Document CDO130 Saber° FR - Enforcer TM Cab Integrity Certification Pierce Manufacturing certifies the integrity of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab relative to occupant protection. A specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab models has been successfully tested in accordance with the following standards. • SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation — Quasi -Static Loading Heavy Trucks. • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29. • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation — Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Side Impact: The test cab was subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,253 lb moving barrier was slammed into the side of the cab at 5.25 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-Ibs of energy. This test is not required to meet the ECE 29 standard, but is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a roll-over incident. Frontal Impact: The test cab was struck by the 14,253 lb moving barrier at a speed sufficient to impart the required 32,549 ft-Ibs of energy. CD0130 Cab Integrity Certification - Saber FR - Enforcer .doc 1 11/17/2014 Roof Crush: This same test cab was then subjected to a roof crush force of 24.453 lbs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. Pass -Fail criteria of the SAE tests and the ECE 29 test is a measure of whether the "survival space" inside the cab is compromised, all doors remain shut, and the cab remained attached to the chassis frame in at least one location. The Pierce cab met all of the Performance Criteria requirements on all 3 integrity tests. Witnessed and Certified by: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David Archer Vice President of Engineering CD0130 Cab Integrity Certification - Saber FR - Enforcer .doc 2 11/17/2014 ii e 'w" iiiii� (IIIIIII'° w' e IIIIIII IIIIIII Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Pierce 12V LED Strip Light .'� ��� is i° ��iil' � III r, IIIIII1I;,I 'ii 11 r "S IIIIII !�"m i�l ll` uW 11 ° IV° of pi' �C 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty does not apply to related wire See Also harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Paragraphs Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203 0 010" 2=0 Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects in material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years - or - Ends After: 100,000 Miles Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the Conditions and stainless steel piping or components which Pierce Exclusions: determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. See Also Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) 2 thru 4 type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3/22/2012 WA0035 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. f Fire e and IR, e s c u e Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: The Mentor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Coverage: Mentor Wabco as indicated in the attached Mentor Wabco warranty coverage description Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in the attached Mentor Wabco warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/25/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department, or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. T iiiiiii ui� uuu uuo i uuuu�uuiuIIIIIIIN0111111�ou ��I WAI���3CG Saf6ty Strong. Efficiency r Warranty Model Year 2018 Vehicles S I II P 111-IE R I S B CIE r rIER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off -road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off -road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off -Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. LinehaulService...............................................................................................4 GeneralService................................................................................................ 4 HeavyService.................................................................................................. 5 Industrial/Off-Highway Service........................................................................ 6 Termsand Conditions...................................................................................... 7 Flow to Read Wairiranty Coveirage Eain-iI "IIIe 1-11EAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle IHeavy rvicI le T piclally Its • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L Electronic Braking System (EBS) 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P&L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3/300/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Emission Valves (SCR) 2/200/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1/100/P&L OnGuardT" 3/300/P&L OnGuarclACTIVET" 3/300/P&L OnLaneT" Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P&L Blind Spot Detection 3/300/P&L OptiRideTM 2/200/P&L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3/300/P&L Trailer Control Line Filter' 1/100/P&L Trailer ABS Valve' 3/300/P&L 1 WABCO and Meritor WABCO branded components. z WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor ofthose engines for warranty and servicing. An extended warranty of 4/400/P will be applied when a Meritor WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a Meritor WABCO Trailer ABS valve. • Municipal Dump • Newspaper Delivery • Package Delivery • Pick-up and Delivery • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) * Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up/Waste • Rigging Truck • Roll -Off • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck Effective Model Year 2018 Vehicles 5 TERMS AND CONDITIONS Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered product due to the following: (1) damage to the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, (b) damaged threads, (c) cut, broken, chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses and connectors), (d) damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (e) damage resulting from the use or installation of non -genuine Meritor WABCO components or materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or Meritor WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a Meritor WABCO product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non -serviceable components; (4) malfunction of the component due to internal contamination out of the vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non -genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections). Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESQ, Roll Stability Control (RSQ, OptiRide'"' OnGuard'"° and OnLane'"°, collectively "Electronics" Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge (ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.) Hydraulic Components For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB-1367. Coverage L„IIIIIrnIIItadc)Iins Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply. TOOLBOX'" Software Proper diagnostics of Meritor WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX'"". Additional labor due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX'M. TOOLBOX"" software, and/or the time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX"" are not covered under product warranty. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems warrants to the owner ("Owner") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM's warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede Meritor WABCO's warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM's warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM's warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements expire and provided the Meritor WABCO warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the Meritor WABCO warranty would be in effect until its expiration date. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX'", time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX'"" are the responsibility of the authorized Meritor WABCO service location and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor WABCO through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor WABCO directly. Failure to notify Meritor WABCO of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor WABCO as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor WABCO or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use Coverage under Meritor WABCO's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor WABCO, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on page 7, this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor WABCO, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor WABCO. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor WABCO's option. Meritor WABCO reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to Meritor WABCO for review and evaluation. (6) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES LIMIT OR DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED OR OTHER WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (7) LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. IN NO EVENT SHALL MERITOR WABCO BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCI- DENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TOW- ING, DOWNTIME, LOST PRODUCTIVITY, CARGO DAMAGE, TAXES, LOST PROFITS, COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR COSTS RESULTING FROM A COVERED COMPONENT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT SUCH STATE'S LAW IS APPLICABLE TO THESE TERMS. (8) TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANTY, IN CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMMENCED WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THAT CAUSE OF ACTION, OR BE BARRED FOREVER. (9) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor WABCO or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor WABCO service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor WABCO for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor WABCO, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor WABCO component covered by this warranty. (10) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor WABCO and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor, Meritor WABCO employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor WABCO unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Meritor WABCO. Litho in USA. Revised 06/17. SP-1375(47865/11900) Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems 2135 West Maple Road, Troy, Michigan 48084, USA Phone: 866-ONTRACI(866-668-7221)Fax: 248-435-8002 For more information on Meritor WABCO Warranty, call our OnTrac Customer Service team at 866-OnTracl (866-668-7221) or visit meritorwabco.com. meritorwabco.com 9)2017 Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems is a joint venture of Meritor'" and WABCO PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY M= Certification Document CDO156 Statement of Compliance to NFPA 1901-2016 Vehicle Stability Pierce fire apparatus comply with NFPA 1901 Section 4.13 Vehicle Stability using the tilt table method. As prescribed by the standard, each apparatus is compared to a substantially similar apparatus that has been loaded as required and tested on a tilt table per the SAE J2180 test procedure. If the apparatus configuration was not expected to meet the minimum tilt table criteria, then it will be equipped with the Electronic Stability Control option. A listing of all tested apparatus is maintained by the Research and Development lab and is available for inspection at the Appleton factory. 1.1:3 Yrcr:Irle��le�,41a1rillil5'. L1`3.. P."o' Itohs�ueruIStahlVet7. -1"lA er .blApaur.uro°s sl b,all rAA e�et Ilia rapb�er sla dei`uanr'al in't 11I s ib sh<all he vilib'ilblwd cartha a stduhsli.ty r If) rxol.sssiebl1i91Mtrrcl.us1VW1v h I131.`�;. 4'13.1.1 "1 hi ayala;a.raborti slue]] snra•r slut coma ssaa elegy&irar^a1 psb aa- bhe l of a.lbe rllowingr. 41)'r]'he• aplr,aaabuss rshall wrurstirn srahlr, ro wlr "r ale gr r•e^rs bru hod] (Ill ,e [ustbs +Ahen (eme9ad on <a bill IPil& in M e III (LAW rr vrb1h ti A E ]21 h(i. ,1 Rijff nxrea 7hw,,4 14,Jor Ifni v "96-ouk, J2) 1'lil aAV ul.are•cl op Ill( astaa A r r nlwo a1 gr wi(, ((1(.) vhalf lair bsu higher than W) paer-ae ni of kh( ur nr wde tray k awidbhb 1.1:5..1.,.1..1 i a aaul.Vlari(e shall k ae•rbnllexi fir Id^sbnnig, eah talal- rn g, err r11"a's anin g bile ahharams or 1A exurvrluArrng qil(' .thlaaara- bras bo a errrrslAhaabb., sArhsiaiali,ailr shiul:a:rr cXauuprlr ahluas,abe.ns, Mid . bhua a e'a r biw za[ua.an shall her, deft e r e d earlbh bhe th C salrlr,ar nburs. 4.13. 1.1.2 1'ho oxatmple al,blaarams And] he eonside•red md-, slaml7kt Vv snrrbuhar i1 it uH latde' a r Nra.ssbs an ir..lb Il o ull) " of Inrp;hc: CG lre°Ioghl, tlAs SM11V os 111Me:W01 JKhr tkla trae'h Wid1lb, t'I:aC San111? (1'f l,a VA[CI" %iW(i 0lHk S1xe!' .And CG he ighLC I]w same wp e of Imbst ,anal war suslre•nsbora,.toil the satrne lypr' and sin. of A€,ibal e:. 1.1:3.1..1..13 Ios laabs.l.ersa•s rrh 11" ll 1, rkaer alif,tu;trM, shall Ill' loadOt wnrlb file 1, Clue IrglAmrag taga'rai.a„ Irosa•, pdeMer,. a w igh[ A., Vl_o in vae l i sr mi:raf; p osi iba n, auel we ighb. errlrabroaala•Aabroo bliv bn'ii, e r lhanereasbs a alaulseusrrrur Alowaau:e° its de fl rre:reil jib Thhh, I2.➢.2. 4.13.1.13.1 H the .t1rlMr abbey is elesigned b a rrueeb a she° rlied higIbe°r lnarlbrbfr e)r pary,r n 110:W Pine] l;ap,es.e:rrV or tea rarry adehbnronal ;nraurral hardens, these greabr r Ir wls shale lW ssbr liu lcd ill (lie wSling, ralr ulabbsbg, tir bi w,asns ing. 4.13.1.132 1her Wighb alalervl CO bile' file :agrlr,Arar.e.bs for the lrau lttbsr^. ui le•sb, cola i ola l ion, ciu aue AW(e nlenl shall he (11" ph. btrael W Ahlaaoxarr me ivpiA al in -sr ro•ra r mci I bile, Iire appmabus saprrpen grim c,v r^r ding dw rrnanaai,eobtuer', gaibblisYbr:d hrahate uaf r rininlrbsur sub weight vuirrg;fi. 9.13.1_2 lE ill(, alipimabna is erjmlrgrerd wilt a sra[ ilm, A oullof synie m, alit, sysrabn 'shall hair, .rob a ranruisvrbun, ea mc(, rlg Asheof l+a)srtnearb senso, a roa9Are le° aasnr se na,ou, ;t 1a�rrr^ual as a a:]arue ntbe Irre, mul Vruea.icithtapanhevJ hirahe rx:osaiaolrs. VALIDATION TEST: Multiple Tests Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Vice President of Engineering June 1, 2017 CDO156 Vehicle Stability 170601.doc 1 6/26/2017 TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS 800 HEATH STREET LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904 PRODUCT WARRANTY ■MN ;71Mz1rff WARRANTY: The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as "CSS", warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material and workmanship for the period specified below: (A) CSS Product installed in New On -highway Motor Vehicle: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has been driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications: Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer's end product to the original retail purchaser. II. REMEDY: Customer's sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is: (A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty. III. Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer's expense. IV. CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS. V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty. VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Customer's sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufacture, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS. VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EX- PRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS Revised November2001 0 010" 2=0 Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: The transmission cooler shall be free from component or Coverage: structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. Warranty Period Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral Ends After: damage coverage This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance Conditions and and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Exclusions: Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to Paragraphs your transmission. 2 thru 4 Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.° ANOSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Certification Document CDO098 Power Steering System Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the power steering system as installed in our custom chassis meets the requirements of the component supplier, the NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines as applicable, and Pierce internal design standards. VALIDATION TEST: RD1987, RD2055 RD2056, RD2057, RD2058, RD2059 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David W. Archer Director of Engineering June 03, 2011 CDO098 Power Steering System 110623.doc 1 10/14/2014 Effective 1 August, 2009 • LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY VW "UPF") uw a United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called warrants each Z��Vl Z POLY -TANK@, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDEO Wetside Tank, Integrator TM LU Tank/Body, ELLIPSE Elliptical Tank Elli T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER Y, p p- W Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service W a life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re - 08 sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do Z2 so can void the warranty. Z Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should a ME your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or H1111111111111111110 - by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- a scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and V��VVVuU Vu��uUluuuuuu V� name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. � J W Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible M LU such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance ■■�■■ a (pre -approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended —� LL J or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- W moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. IX Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a Htank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus Nall travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside LU of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. Z J H In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe lk W passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- AA ment of State, (http-//www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It Q >. is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- W J performed ignee. UPF to though will make every reasonable effort support our products a alternative means. For EllipseTm elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the Z subcontractor is applied to the sub -frames, chute linings (rubber isolation Z a strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in H accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub -frames, 0 chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist L with all claims on behalf of its customer. 0 For PolySide@ wetsided tanks and IntegratorTm Tank/Body units, all polypro- components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime W I pylene Continued on back 2 service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited V IX to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components LU shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the z PolySide® and Integrator TM units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be Z covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. LU L6 LU All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non -fire applications and installed G on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a ad separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector TM foam z and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. � Z esThis UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII H this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). �� VVVVVI�uuUU����Vl�uuiuuuu" a V J not beein pur°���aplpur°ov����. � piny uinin��c��ssaury our°Ik ain��lour° our°Ik that has Ullf°CIF uIIII lip -ill° �l irov d � my aind all tlhliurd Ipair°ty clhaurges irnust Ibe (pure- W i in uri. i" t y 1.," u e inc l" e �utlh�u��ii,, , . pirioir h ourk. Any uinautlh�oii lized third party repairs, alterations, actions ��r irn di- n fllcatl" s y will snot IIr covered and can vo' W u���in � � 1" yud tlV�e air°irair�tya � � �e M � t �UIP'Il'� will I� tl� W sole deteiriu �i in iin authoiurlty as to whetheir a service clai r i will Ibe valid L aind coveired uindeir° tNiis warr,anty. J L—J In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price W of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- 2� age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be Q the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated H with service repairs to chassis, sub -frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, 4 /I� pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, 1 Q etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from W a repair facility. H JZ This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price .. agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged a W herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on Its behalf to change, nor assume for It, any warranty Q_ or liability concerning its product. WJ This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other Q rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or L limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on z the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. INZ Q II III°°IIIIIIIIlllll IIIIII:� lNO I III II III'°III,".IlllllliIII';I.°IIIIII°° Ill:�_ H II III E lip III, III°, III.°° i III, III III° III °° III, III S III III III° III III i l�° III III° III Il , III III°° III � III III � l . II III° Illli� Illy ll11._: III S IIIIIII i is III'°11Rli� S S III III l III''° I,". l i III'; III III i '"'III"' l l i III III°° i '°'III I°!i l l,". I'°'III"' I �I VVV� a �luu�uu - J � a� a� m � X1Y1Y1[ ION- 0 II," II"'ll II„ a� i III IU "'° II II"' I° I',".I°'III"III lip"' °' III "' II' S III lip III,".I IIII:° l� III," u" 17 °' II III IIL°!iglu Ill,�.lu°'III"'III IIII�'° � � ��" III°° IIIII� III IIL II II .III,�� I°° IS III"III° IIIi� III:1 III III"' l� U III:1 F. Q POLY -TANK°,& POLYSIDE° are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR'", ELLIPSE'" N. ELLIP-'TANK'" & DEFENDER'" are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. TO: All Dealer Service Representatives From: Kevin Hanegraaf DATE: January 4, 2010 BULLETIN RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy — Truck in Accident Service Topic #292 To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF's policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF's facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be- - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF's tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF's service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253) 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE • APPLETON, WI 5 49 12 -2017 • 9 2 0 - 8 3 2 - 3 0 0 0 Effective March 15, 2010 AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION Warranty: All AMDOR Inc. roll -up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives. In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause. Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation: Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour Balancer replacement: 1 hour Door ajar switch 3/4 hour Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour Slat replacement: 3/4 hour Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender. AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub -assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions. Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects: 1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material. 2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure. 3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color. Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following: 1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings. 2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents. 3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents. 4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source. This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates. pier i IIIIIII a IIIIII IIIIII iir u 54 Months Material and Workmanship Camera System IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII "ted WaIrIraIn"'ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery. Warranty Period Fifty -Four (54) months Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty does not apply to related wire See Also harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Paragraphs Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 1/11/2011 WA0188 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. E * i Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Coverage :)iimoducts Weui ii ainted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck' applications Worldwide. g .. esc ur.tt uiur.ttc sui°ui°sur'ttyt The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Curnrn��kris e s p o ri s III e Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non -Engine repairs and for "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. ..................... i rn i 11ta''t i o ri s Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel —�r exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company. Such non -warranted accessories include, but are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air conditioning compressors, clutches, filters, transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps, power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. uuuuum uut uut s s l)uimoducts Wnuimuirainted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States" in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway. This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992. Coveirage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation, whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California, a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. IL......lii urn li4a f lii o urns Failures, other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship, are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non -Engine repairs, "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases, rescue and other emergency -type situations. " United States includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 C U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed In U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 ©2001 Cummins Inc. IIIIIII iiiiii i IIIIII IIIpI II i ,III Y�'u�I '11.4 llii M' '�iimwll ',,, i,y uumM9114WHW" I��0 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"): Coverage: The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (d any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384 0 vilgrIg[Wim"ll gal Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles Linehaul............................................................................................................. 3-4 GeneralService................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle.......................................................................... 7-8 Fireand Emergency................................................................................................9 TransitBus...........................................................................................................10 Off -Highway Service..............................................................................................11 Termsand Conditions............................................................................................12 How to Read Wairilranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P=Parts Only Unl=Unlimited P&L=Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTracl (866-668-7221). III I11.1ruull Vehicles IIIIIIIII Bulk Hauler IIIIIIIII Flatbed IIIIIIIII Livestock Hauler IIIIIIIII Refrigerated Freight IIIIIIIII Chip Hauler (Truck)* IIIIIIIII General Freight IIIIIIIII Moving Van IIIIIIIII Tanker IIIIIIIII Doubles IIIIIIIII Grain Hauler IIIIIIIII Pipe Hauler IIIIIIIII Triples * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration I11.1ru ull Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be IIIIIIIII High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for IIIIIIIII Well maintained major highways of concrete or axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor asphalt construction regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. IIIIIIIII Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping IFront Non -Drive tIr Axles 5/750AMIL FD-965 FF-967 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-13B-122C-N FF-941 FG-941 MFS-12-122C-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-13B-132B-N FF-942 FG-943 MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-13B-132C-N FF-943 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14-122A-N FF-944 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14-124A-N FF-961 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-143A-N FF-966 MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N IRear Difive SingleII 1 AIIL IRear Difive Tan rn/Tiff rnn Axles 5/750AMIL RS-19-144/145/A RS-21-145 RS-23-160 RT-34-144/P/A MA-40-165 MT-40-14XHE M S-19-14X RS-21-160 RS-23-161 RT-40-145/A MA-40-175 MT-40-144/P M S-21-144 M S-23-17X RS-23-186 RT-40-160/Pl2 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-943 RT-46-160/Pl2 MT-40-14T/P MT-40-943-SP RT-46-164EH/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-1662 Irllvllllrl RT-50-160/P12 MT-40-14X/P RZ-188 RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L 1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) 155N 1/Unl/P approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for 92N 1/Unl/P further details. IBirake Components Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L Q+ Drum BrakeTM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc BrakeTM 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty' 5/500/P&L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. ' Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e. EX225LXXXCDXXX Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System2 1/100/P&L PreSet by Meritor' 5/500/P&L AxlePak54 5P/L AxlePak75 7P/L Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor. Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. ° When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, t/Unl/L. When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, t/Unl/L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) TO, TOO, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L ' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. Il irii-t it 11I ire Inflation tin t i MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/P, 3/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/P, 3/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. In o- it y l 11 IIIIIIIII Auto Hauler IIIIIIIII Intercity Coach IIIIIIIII Pipe Hauler IIIIIIIII Tanker Trailer IIIIIIIII Beverage Truck IIIIIIIII Intermodal Chassis IIIIIIIII Platform Auto Hauler IIIIIIIII Tour Bus IIIIIIIII Chip Hauler IIIIIIIII Livestock Hauler IIIIIIIII Rear Engine Integral Coach IIIIIIIII Wrecker IIIIIIIII Cross Country Coach IIIIIIIII Meat Packer IIIIIIIII Recreational Vehicles IIIIIIIII Flatbed IIIIIIIII Moving Van IIIIIIIII Refrigerated Freight IIIIIIIII Front Engine Commercial Chassis IIIIIIIII Municipal Truck IIIIIIIII School Bus IIIIIIIII Front Engine Integral Coach IIIIIIIII Newspaper Delivery IIIIIIIII Stake Truck IIIIIIIII General Freight IIIIIIIII Pick -Up and Delivery IIIIIIIII Tanker nlr ll Service Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be IIIIIIIII Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for IIIIIIIII Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor IIIIIIIII An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Firont Non -Drive Steer Axles 2/UnIIAMIL FD-965 FL-943 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-16-143A-N FF-941 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-10-122A MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-942 MFS-6-153B-N MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N FF-943 MFS-6-162B-N MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-193A-N FF-944 MFS-6-153C-N MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-946 MFS-6-162C-N MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-20-135A-N FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N FH-941 MFS-8-143A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N FH-9461 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N FL-941 1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. �Rear IrllvnE'Cf1/TifiE'Cf1 - M X-08-130-FV (FSD-08A) M X-16-130-FV (FSD-16A) M X-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) RT-40-160/P RT-50-160/P M X-10-130-FV (FSD-10A) M X-18-130-FV (FSD-18A) M X-23-130-FV (FSD-23A) RT-46-160/P RZ-166 MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) RT-46-164EH/P MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A) MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A) MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A) �Rear Difive AxlesI„JUNIAMIL �Rear Difive Singlel /UnIIAMIL 11170 RND-14H 523 RND-16A M S-17-13X M S-21-14X RC-23-160 RS-24-160 M S-30-616-SP MS-17-14X MS-21-144 RC-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 � Irlly In es MS-19-13X MS-23-17X RC-23-1621 RS-26-185 71162 MS-19-14X RS-21-145/A RC-23-1651 MS-26-616 71163 RPL 4/400/P,1/Unl/P&L RS-17-144/145/A RS-21-160 RS-23-160 MS-26-616-SP 79163 MXL 3/350/P,1/Unl/P&L RS-19-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-23-161 RS-30-185 155N 1/Unl/P MS-21-13X RC-22-145/A RS-23-186 MS-30-616 92N 1/Unl/P 1 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor. Transmission IJUNIAMIL �Rear Difive Tan rn/Tirli rnn Axles.••••••• /UnIIAMIL 516 FAT 30 MT-34-14X/P MT-40-14XHE RT-44-145/P MT-58-616 RT-34-144/P/A MT-40-144/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 IPTO IJU NIAMIL MT-40-14T/P RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 MT-70-380 MT-40-14X/P MT-44-14X/P RT-52-1851 RZ-188 MPT-MPT-5MPT-1702 MPT-500 00 MPT-531 MPT-175 MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. IBirake Components Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Cam P' 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum BrakeTM 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake TN13 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA' 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum BrakeTN12 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc BrakeTM 2/Unl/P&L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems2 Standard System' 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak54 5/P&L AxlePak75 7/P&L 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. When installed by Meritor. 'when specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Chassis Axles (2000 Seiries/ChassilPak) Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak7 7/P&L Beam and Brackets 7/P, 1/L Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 5/P, 3/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 5/P, 3/L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings' 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L TO, TOO, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets' 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' 3/Unl/P&L if sold with Preset by Meritor. firtoir�' `11I ire Inflation tin t i MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Heavy Seirvice/Speciall-ty Vehicle IIIIIIIII Airport Rescue Fire Fighting (ARFF) IIIIIIIII Airport Shuttle* IIIIIIIII Asphalt Truck IIIIIIIII Block Truck IIIIIIIII Bottom Dump Trailer Combination IIIIIIIII Cementing Vehicle IIIIIIIII Commercial Pick -Up IIIIIIIII Concrete Pumper IIIIIIIII Construction Material Hauler IIIIIIIII Mixer IIIIIIIII Demolition IIIIIIIII Drill Rig *Commercial chassis only IIIIIIIII Dump IIIIIIIII Equipment Hauling IIIIIIIII Flatbed Trailer Hauler IIIIIIIII Flatbed Truck IIIIIIIII Fracturing Truck IIIIIIIII Front Loader IIIIIIIII Geophysical Exploration IIIIIIIII Hopper Trailer Combinations IIIIIIIII Landscaping Truck IIIIIIIII Liquid Waste Hauler IIIIIIIII Log Hauling IIIIIIIII Lowboy IIIIIIIII Michigan Special Gravel Trains IIIIIIIII Michigan Special Log Hauler IIIIIIIII Michigan Special Steel Hauler IIIIIIIII Michigan Special Waste Vehicle IIIIIIIII Municipal Dump IIIIIIIII Rear Loader (Refuse) IIIIIIIII Recycling Truck IIIIIIIII Residential Pick -Up (Refuse) IIIIIIIII Rigging Truck IIIIIIIII Roll -Off IIIIIIIII Scrap Truck IIIIIIIII Semi -End Dump IIIIIIIII Sewer/Septic Vacuum IIIIIIIII Shuttle Bus* IIIIIIIII Side Loader IIIIIIIII Snowplow/Snowblower IIIIIIIII Steel Hauling IIIIIIIII Tanker IIIIIIIIITankTruck IIIIIIIII Tractors with Pole Trailers IIIIIIIII Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps IIIIIIIII Transfer Dump IIIIIIIII Transfer Vehicle IIIIIIIII Utility Truck IIIIIIIII Winch Truck Heavy IrvIi / cIi ll•ty Vehicle Typically Is IIIIIIIII Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products IIIIIIIII Moderate On/Ofroad vocations (10% or more off -road) be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to IIIIIIIII Moderate to frequent stops/starts re f-10 stops per mile) TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. IFront II Irive/Non-II Iriv Steer Axles 2/UnIIAMIL FD-965 FL-941 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N MX-12-120 FF-941 FL-943 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-20-133A-N MX-12-120 EVO FF-942 MFS-6-151A-N MFS-12-122 MFS-12-155 MFS-14-122 MFS-20-135A-N MX-14-120 FF-943 MFS-6-153B MFS-12E-122 MFS-13-122 MFS-14-124A-N MFS-20-192A-N MX-16-120 FF-944 MFS-6-162B MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-193A-N MX-18-120 FF-946 MFS-6-162C MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N MFS-22-135A-N MX-17-140 FF-961 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-16-122A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MX-19-140 FF-966 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-193A-N MX-21-140 FF-967 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MX-21-160 FG-941 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-16-143A-N RF-16-145 MX-23-160 FG-943 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-18-133A-N RF-21-160 MX-810 FH-941 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-18-135A-N MX-10-120 FH-946 MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-18-192A-N MX-10-120 EVO IFront Dirive/Non-Drive Steer Axles •JUNIA IIL IRear Difive Axles•JUNIA IIL MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A) MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A) MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) 11170 RND-14H MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A) MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A) MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A) 523 RND-16A MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) ifiv lI n es MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A) MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A) MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A) MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A) MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A) RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L IRear Difive SingleII / nIIA IIL MXL 1/unl/P&L Transmission IIL MS-17-14X RS-21-160 RS-24-160 MS-35-380 •JUNIA RS-17-144/145/A RC-22-145 RS-25-160 RS-38-380 516 MS-19-14X RC-23-160 MS-26-616 RC-25-160 FAT 30 RS-19-144 RH-23-160 MS-26-616-SP RC-26-633 IPTO IIL MS-21-114 RS-23-160 RS-26-185/380 MT-58-616 •JUNIA MS-21-14X RC-23-161 MS-30-616 MT-58-616-SP MPT-318 MPT-526 MPT-1702 RS-21-145 RS-23-161 MS-30-616-SP MPT-500 MPT-531 MPT-175 RS-21-145/A RS-23-186/380 RS-30-185/380 MPT-510 MPT-543 MPT-185 MPT-518 MPT-170 MPT-190 MT-34-14X/P RT-44-145/P RT-52-185/38012 MT-70-380 RT-34-144/P/A RT-46-169 MT-58-616 RZ-188 MT-40-14X/P RT-58-160 MT-58-616-SP RT-40-145/A MT-52-616 RT-58-185/38012 MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616-SP RT-70-380 ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identifythe chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. IBirake Components Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P3 2/100/P Cam Cast PIusT"' 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum BrakeTM 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum BrakeTN12 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. NUNIAMIL RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A',3 RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 U.S. only. Canadian warranty= 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identifythe chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Il irii-t it 11I ire Inflation System MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L VITA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings' 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/I Wheel End Systems2 Standard System3 1/Unl/P&I 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. When installed by Meritor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-546 MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-550 MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer Cases ........ I„JNIAP MTC-4213 MTC-3118-CV (358) MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420) MTC-4210 MTC-3120-FV(TC-143) MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380) MTC-4208 MTC-3124(T-2119) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420) MTC-4206-FV(TC-38) MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350) MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B) MTC-3111(T-2111) MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C) MTC-3206-FV (TC-237) MTC-3220-FC (TC-142) MTC-3116 (T-2111) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-2212-CV (306) MTC-3118-FV(TC-180 & TC-180-23) MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50) Hire n Eirneirgency Vehicles IIIIIIIII Aerial Ladder Truck IIIIIIIII Pumper IIIIIIIII Aerial Platform IIIIIIIII Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) IIIIIIIII Ambulance IIIIIIIII Tanker IIIIIIIII Command Vehicle IIIIIIIII Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) Hire n IEIrneir ' ny Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be IIIIIIIII Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for IIIIIIIII Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific IIIIIIIII An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping application approval questions on any product line. Front Non -Drive Steer Axles 5/UNIAMIL FL-941 MFS-18-193A-N MFS-22-135A-N FL-943 MFS-20-133A-N MFS-22H-135A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-22-193A-N MFS-18-135A-N MFS-20-193A-N MFS-22H-193A-N Front Drive Steer Axles 2/UnIIAMIL MX-19140 MX-21160 MX-23810 MX-21140 MX-23160 Rear Difive Single Axles 5/UNIAMIL RC-23-160 RS-23-186 RS-26-185 RS-25-160 RS-23-160 RS-24-160 RS-30-185 RS-23-161 RC-25-160 RS-35-380 ' 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Meritor. IRear Difive Tan rn/Tilri rnn Axles 5/UNIAMIL MT-40-14X/P RT-44-145/P MT-52-616 MT-40-144/P RT-46-160/P RT-52-1851 RT-40-145/A RT-46-164EH/P MT-58-616 RT-40-160/P RT-46-169 RT-58-1851 MT-44-14X/P RT-50-160/P MT-70-380 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. IBirake Components Cam 3/UnI/P Q+ Drum BrakeTM 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/UnI/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1/UnI/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/UnI/P All Other Brakes 1/UnI/P EX+ Air Disc BrakeTM 2/Unl/P&L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. I RPL MXL 155N 92N 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L 1/UnI/P 1/UnI/P Transfer Cases ........ I„JNIA MTC-4208 MTC-31 11 (T-21 11) MTC-4210 MTC-3116(T-2111) MTC-4213 MTC-3124(T-2119) 9 Transit lBus Vehicles IIIIIIIII Airport Shuttle IIIIIIIII Shuttle Bus IIIIIIIII City Bus IIIIIIIII Transit Bus IIIIIIIII Commuter Coach IIIIIIIII Trolley Transit lBus Typically Is IIIIIIIII Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) IIIIIIIII Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) IFront Il lrive/Noun-DriveSteer Axles 5/300AMIL FH-946 MFS-12-155 FH-941' MFS-13-155 ' Commuter coach only-2/Unl/P&L Rear Difive Single Axles 5/300AMIL RS-23-160 79163 RS-21-160 RC-23-161 RC-23-162' 71163 RC-23-165' ' Commuter coach only-2/Unl/P&L IBirake Components Cam Cast PIusTM 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum BrakeTN11 2/100/P&L ASA' 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Difivelfines RPL 92N MXL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 1/Unl/P&L 1/Unl/P&L Tag Axles 21UNIAMIL MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946 Center Noun- lrive Axles........5/300AMIL MC-26000 71063 79063 10 0 HIMMURIMM ME IIIIIIIII Load-On/Load-Off IIIIIIIII Yard Jockey IIIIIIIII Specialized Mining IIIIIIIII Rail Car Mover IIIIIIIII Port Tractor IIIIIIIII AII-Terrain Crane IIIIIIIII Excavator IIIIIIIII Loader IIIIIIIII Rail Yard Spotter IIIIIIIII Rough Terrain Crane IIIIIIIII Compactor IIIIIIIII Tow Tractor IIIIIIIII Roll-On/Roll-Off IIIIIIIII Forestry IIIIIIIII Fertilizer Spreader IIIIIIIII Pushback Tractor IIIIIIIII Stevedoring Tractor IIIIIIIII Material Handling IIIIIIIII Snow Blower IIIIIIIII Trailer Spotter IIIIIIIII Specialized Heavy Haul IIIIIIIII Mining Illnu~u tiri ll And Off-Highwaybull Typically Is IIIIIIIII Low mileage operation Coverage under Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be IIIIIIIII Low speed vehicle speed restriction properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding IIIIIIIII Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use specific application approval questions on any product line. IIIIIIIII Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) IFront Non -Drive t Ir Axles I„ UNIA FF- 941 MFS-12-144A-N MFS-18-193A-N FF- 943 MFS-13-143A-N MFS-20-133A-N FF- 961 MFS-13-144A-N MFS-20-135A-N FF- 966 MFS-14-143A-N MFS-20-192A-N FG - 941 MFS-16-122A-N MFS-20-193A-N FG - 943 MFS-16-133A-N MFS-22-135A-N FL- 941 MFS-16-135A-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL- 943 MFS-16-143A-N MFS-22-193A-N FN - 951 MFS-18-133A-N MFS-22H-193A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-18-135A-N MON-ZO FAMILY Gearboxes IJUNIAMIL IDifivelfines ,„ UNIA RPL MXL IBirake Components Cam P Q+ Drum BrakeTM ASA Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components Hydraulic Disc Brakes All Other Brakes Planetary Axles IJUNIAP MOB MOF MOS MOC MOG MOT MOD MOH MOX MOE MOR MOY MGX-240 MGX-376 MGX-448 MGX-506 MGX-528 MGX-279 MGX-377 MGX-456 MGX-514 MGX-533 MGX-279D MGX-378 MGX-478 MGX-519 MGX-534 MGX-280 MGX-380 MGX-480 MGX-520 MGX-536 MGX-285 MGX-384 MGX-487 MGX-522 MGX-537 MGX-292 MGX-402 MGX-488 MGX-524 MGX-541 MGX-314 MGX-413 MGX-505 MGX-527 MGX-545 Transfer Cases ........ I„J' u" IA MTC-4213 MTC-4210 MTC-4208 MTC-4206-FV (TC-38) MTC-3106-FV(TC-137) MTC-3111 (T-2111) MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C) MTC-3116 (T-2111) MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23) MTC-3118-CV (358) MTC-3120-FV (TC-143) MTC-3124 (T-2119) MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247) MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350) MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350) MTC-3206-FV(TC-237) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50) MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420) MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420) MOZ MGX-546 MGX-550 3/Unl/P 3/Unl/P&L 3/Unl/P 1/Unl/P 1/Unl/P 1/Unl/P MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380) MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B) MTC-3312-FV(TC-270) MTC-3220-FC (TC-142) MTC-2212-CV (306) 11 Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non -genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in- terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over -torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust -jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage IlLiirnii-t tiicru Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor° breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity STEELite X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 12 (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner ("Owner") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on -highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (11) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (111) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or Tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu- ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. "�������""'������""' ��������� Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC For more information: ©2018 Meritor, Inc. 2 w ° ° ° ° °° ° Litho in USA, SP-95155 2135 West Maple Road call Ontrac at 866-668-7221 Revised 1-19 (47865/11900) Troy, Michigan 48084 USA or visit meritor.com Q m o w J o N N > W m �C)-co0 m� CL J m�a w w coQ" m a, m JOm > J= (n p 0 co J�0) O a� o oco a ul Z w a Q L � W C Y U) Cf)� CLo a m P < L LL Q) L 0 W N(o LLI � O o as E N N> N in fAco=w O N '( N- vi N N cn O W CO W cn o � Q a s a'co 0 0 O a) co O co >, Q Q 0 W Q O W a O �^ L Q m co ."O U) N Q V Ow 0 o O p O "a O O= LL O a C� a) � V O a) 0 0 N L a °a O= 0 0 cn ) c O_ cn W W" O Np o a) QL) (o O O N J C.) p— L -- QUJ O �� CLLL 3()O O c0Z > Q) M 0 .0 Q o 'E Z W W O O L.Eo0) t- 0W=� ca Q o m Cf)W c L V) a C.)�= Q�� N m a a) QOOW 3 .�..� LU 0 E WJZ—>-aO0 � Q ZZ0 L =3 Mn >OO 0N WNO WCL �� OwQWOO co r mco W oEOo cn0wE a WaU)= cn O Om(�a �o .wfA �O c U r WLQ N Q Lcn OQ cn Q� L 1 N_ O oul 0 0 0 co N Q o a - '" cu cAUUJ a Lu i Q 0 a E� L a) .� c° Q C� Cl) 4) co Q p L N Q t- 0 _a a a _ W Cl)E m a 0 of co v� p p�Q " N , E o � wQU� � Q a) Q) O X N L L L O � Cl) 0 Q o Q Q co p c co N W U' U O L O 0 0 (n co a) o O v) j .Z. Z G> >;�0U0 a'E a Q �0 a) = a) -- O o in O N `- a) co � c cu W LL Z J Q (n O to L W N c a co o cU4= W 3 )0 m a o 0 —0 m O > > Qow c'cU �L E o' �� JW of _ a) a) J cn W (n O a) O 5 V 5 a) Q— a o a) a) Q cn m a) O _ U Q) co O Q N L ai co W m `' Z a) a) cnQEoQ Q ��IQ—� cQOO cn o a �m P L) E �� m cn QZOQ E a) Q 0 0 cn -a o co O O> o cn "= W V>- W m a) p c Q_ O Q E L N Q 0 .. �_ �— (L a) O o Q cn O Q O Q) c) o p Z W Z Co O O 0coaa))-aoco �� Q2QW > N o V O N cco .0 V co `= Q O LL � (o �0 Q-> _ E m > Co a0 QOa Lu U) ?u) �' ou)0 ��i=a > E Z) U,o� �o aS =ZQ� �> co wow �W o c� Z'~O��a X n Q aaiQ ° —(nQ Q JQO� a) Q- �� Q- E� Q� U LL m c0 Q- O ca O Q co o `n oo c >,0LO o = c Z u CL ca>o o= U m 0 N E (L o aC m=� `n o �',co 0 N d= 0 rn 00 N LL Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.- AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Pierce Manufacturing certifies the performance of the Saber° FR — EnforcerTM cab heat systems. The SaberOFR - EnforcerTM Heater System was tested successfully in an environmental chamber. Heater testing was performed using the coolant supply procedures from SAE J381. The average cab temperature increased 82.30 F from -100 F to 72.30 F within the prescribed 30 minutes utilizing the right side under seat auxiliary heater. The cab was contained in a cold chamber at -100 F during the duration of the test. 160 140 120 o' 100 80 is 60 CL E 40 H 20 IN -20 Pierce Saber Cab -1,0"F Full -UP .. wAmbient AVG (`F) I Nnterior AVG ('F) supply Air AVG (°F) Rs Floor Heater OUT (°F) ........ Heater Glycol IIN (°F) -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Time (min) VALIDATION TEST: TR#19-0047 R00 CD0165 Heat - Saber ER -Enforcer MCC 290420.doc 1 4/28/2020 Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. David Archer Vice President of Engineering CD0165 Heat - Saber ER -Enforcer MCC 290420.doc 2 4/28/2020 Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.- AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION®COMPANY Certification Document CDO167 Saber° FR - Enforcer TM Air Conditioning & Defrost Pierce Manufacturing certifies the performance of the SaberOFR - EnforcerTM cab air conditioning and defrost system. The air conditioning and defrost system was tested successfully in an environmental chamber. Air Conditioning: Air conditioning performance testing was conducted at an ambient of 100OF and 50 percent relative humidity. The engine speed was maintained at 1000 RPM with the QP21 compressor The vehicle was heat soaked in the environmental chamber. All temperature probes were monitored to confirm temperature stabilization. The transient test began when all the vehicle doors were closed, and the air conditioning turned on. The average cab temperature dropped to a maximum of 72.1 OF within 30 minutes. Pierce Saber Cab 100°F 50% RH Pull-DOwn, 1000 RPM Engine Speed Ambient AVG ff I Interior AVG ('F) =Supply Air AVG ('l -Compressor Suction Pressure (PSIIG) -Compressor Discharge Pressure (PSIIG) 110 300 105 95 90 - 200 0 i- 85 - - � M 80 o - ^, - - - - - - - 150 75 70 I o o � 17J ~ fi. 65 60 - - - - - - - - - ., - 50 55 luimnum owmwwuwwuwuuiluuw�awx - - - �Nwi9WNuommmoo m� ink 50 — — — — — — — — — - - 0 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Time (mini) CDO167 Saber ER - Enforcer Air Conditioning Defrost 290420.doc 1 4/28/2020 Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted Defrosting Defroster testing was performed in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure and Performance Requirements -Trucks, Buses, and Multipurpose Vehicles. This SAE Recommended Practice establishes uniform test procedures and performance requirements for the defrosting system of enclosed cab trucks, buses, and multipurpose vehicles. Current engineering practice prescribes that for laboratory evaluation of defroster systems, an ice coating of known thickness be applied to the windshield and left- and right- hand side windows to provide more uniform and repeatable test results, even though under actual conditions such a coating would necessarily be scraped off before driving. The test condition, therefore, represents a more severe condition than the actual condition, where the defroster system must merely be capable of maintaining a cleared viewing area. During the test, the vehicle is cold soaked to 0° F in a cold chamber. A prescribed layer of ice is applied to the windshield. The defroster is then run, and the advancing melt boundary marked as the test proceeds. The SAE prescribed area of the windshield was 100% cleared and the side windows were 75% cleared within the specified 30-minute period. Defrost Results Start of Test 15 Minutes 30 Minutes Right Viewed From Outside Left CDO167 Saber ER - Enforcer Air Conditioning Defrost 290420.doc 2 4/28/2020 Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted VALIDATION TEST: MCC Test Report TR#19-0047 R00 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. �j David W. Archer Vice President of Engineering CDO167 Saber ER - Enforcer Air Conditioning Defrost 290420.doc 3 4/28/2020